bunge - texas tech universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/valuationreports/spring2009/bunge-spring2009.pdf ·...

206
1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley [email protected] Nicolas King [email protected] Jon Murphy [email protected] Colby Norris [email protected] Georgia Sanchez [email protected]

Upload: duongtruc

Post on 05-Feb-2018

220 views

Category:

Documents


2 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

1

BUNGE LTD.

Analysis Team

Shelby Bentley [email protected]

Nicolas King [email protected]

Jon Murphy [email protected]

Colby Norris [email protected]

Georgia Sanchez [email protected]

Page 2: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

2

Table of Contents

Executive Summary ………………………………………………………………………..8

Company Overview ……………………………………………………………………….14

Industry Overview …………………………………………………………….............15

Five Forces Model …………………………………………………………………………16

Rivalry among Existing Firms ………………………………………………..18

Industry Growth …………………………………………………………………………18

Concentration …………………………………………………………………………….20

Differentiation ……………………………………………………………………………21

Switching Costs ………………………………………………………………………….22

Economies of Scale …………………………………………………………………….22

Learning Economies of Scale ……………………………………………………….23

Fixed Variable Cost ……………………………………………………………………..24

Threat of New Entrants ………………………………………………………..25

Economies of Scale ………………………………………………………..……………25

First Mover Advantage ………………………………………………………………..26

Distribution Access and Relationships …………………………………………..26

Legal Barriers …………………………………………………………………………….27

Threat of Substitute Products ……………………………………………….28

Relative Price and Performance ……………………………………………………28

Customers Willingness to Switch ………………………………………………….29

Bargaining Power of Customers …………………………………………….30

Page 3: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

3

Switching Costs ……………………………………………………………………….…30

Differentiation ……………………………………………………………………………31

Cost and Strategy Importance …………………………………………………….31

Number of Customers …………………………………………………………………32

Volume per Customer …………………………………………………………………32

Bargaining Power of Suppliers ………………………………………………33

Switching Costs ………………………………………………………………………….34

Differentiation ……………………………………………………………………………34

Cost and Quality Importance ……………………………………………………….35

Number of Suppliers/Volume per Supplier …………………………………….35

Analysis of Key Success Factors …………………………………………………….36

Cost Leadership …………………………………………………………………..37

Differentiation ……………………………………………………………………..41

Competitive Advantage Analysis …………………………………………………….43

Cost Leadership …………………………………………………………………..43

Differentiation ……………………………………………………………………..48

Formal Accounting Analysis ……………………………………………………………50

Identifying Key Accounting Policies …………………………………………………51

Key Accounting Policies …………………………………………………………51

Type One Key Accounting Policy ……………………………………………………51

Type Two Key Accounting Policy ……………………………………………………53

Goodwill ……………………………………………………………………………53

Hedging …………………………………………………………………………….55

Page 4: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

4

Pension and Postretirement Plans ………………………………………..55

Operating and Capital Leases ………………………………………………56

Degree of Potential Accounting Flexibility …………………………………………56

Goodwill ………………………………………………………………………………………………..57

Hedging ………………………………………………………………………………………………..57

Pension and Postretirement Plans …………………………………………………………….58

Capital vs. Operating Leases ……………………………………………………………………59

Evaluate Accounting Strategies ……………………………………………………….59

Goodwill ………………………………………………………………………………………………..60

Hedging ………………………………………………………………………………………………..61

Pension and Postretirement Plans …………………………………………………………….61

Operating Leases ……………………………………………………………………………………63

Qualitative Disclosure ……………………………………………………………………..64

Goodwill ………………………………………………………………………………………………..65

Hedging …………………………………………………………………………………………………65

Pension Plans and Post Retirement Compensation …………………………………….66

Operating Leases ……………………………………………………………………………………66

Quantitative Accounting Measures and Disclosures ……………………………66

Sales Manipulation Diagnostics ……………………………………………….67

Net Sales/Accounts Receivable ……………………………………………………...68

Net Sales/Inventories ……………………………………………………………………71

Net Sales/Cash from Sales …………………………………………………………….73

Expense Manipulation Diagnostics …………………………………………..75

Page 5: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

5

Asset Turnover ……………………………………………………………………………..75

CFFO/Operating Income ………………………………………………………………..77

CFFO/Net Operating Assets ………………………………………………………….79

Total Accruals/Sales …………………………………………………………………….81

Pension Expense/SG&A ………………………………………………………….…….83

Other Employment Expenses ………………………………………………………..85

Potential Red Flags ………………………………………………………………………..88

Undo Accounting Distortions …………………………………………………………..89

Financial Ratio Analysis ………………………………………………………………….91

Liquidity Ratio Analysis ………………………………………………………….91

Current Ratio ……………………………………………………………………………….92

Quick Asset Ratio …………………………………………………………………………93

Inventory Turnover ………………………………………………………………………95

Days Stay in Inventory ………………………………………………………………….96

Accounts Receivable Turnover …………………………………………………….…97

Days Sales Outstanding ……………………………………………………….……….98

Cash to Cash Cycle ……………………………………………………………………...99

Working Capital Turnover ………………………………………………………….….99

Profitability Ratio Analysis ……………………………………………………..101

Gross Profit Margin ……………………………………………………………………..102

Operating Expense Ratio ………………………………………………………………103

Operating Profit Margin ………………………………………………………………..104

Net Profit Margin ………………………………………………………………………….105

Page 6: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

6

Asset Turnover …………………………………………………………………………….107

Return on Assets ………………………………………………………………………….108

Return on Equity ………………………………………………………………………….109

Internal Growth Rate ……………………………………………………………………110

Substantial Growth Rate ……………………………………………………………….111

Capital Structure Ratio Analysis ……………………………………………..114

Debt/Equity Ratio …………………………………………………………………………114

Times Interest Earned ………………………………………………………………….115

Debt Service Margin ………………………………………………………………….….116

Z-Score ………………………………………………………………………………….…….117

Financial Forecasting ……………………………………………………………..120

Income Statement ………………………………………………………….……………120

Balance Sheet ……………………………………………………………………………..123

Statement of Cash Flows ……………………………………………………………….126

Estimated Cost of Capital ……………………………………………………………….128

Size Adjusted Cost of Equity …………………………………………………………..131

Backdoor Cost of Equity …………………………………………………………………132

Cost of Debt ……………………………………………………………………..………….133

Weighted Average Cost of Capital (WACC) ………………………………………136

Valuation Analysis ………………………………………………………………………….139

Method of Comparables ……………………………………………………………...….139

Trailing P/E ……………………………………………………………………………….…………..140

Forecasted P/E …………………………………………………………………………………….…141

Page 7: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

7

Price to Book ……………………………………………………………………………………….…141

Dividends/Price …………………………………………………………………………………..….142

Price/EBITDA …………………………………………………………………………………….…..143

P.E.G. ………………………………………………………………………………………………..….143

Enterprise Value/EBITDA ………………………………………………………………………..144

Price/Free Cash Flow ………………………………………………………………………………145

Intrinsic Valuation Models ……………………………………………………………...146

Discounted Dividends Model ……………………………………………………………………147

Free Cash Flows Model …………………………………………………………………………..150

Residual Income Model …………………………………………………………………………..154

Abnormal Earnings Growth (AEG) Model …………………………………………………..158

Long Run Residual Income Model …………………………………………………………….162

Analyst Recommendation ………………………………………………………………..165

Appendices ……………………………………………………………………………………168

Work Cited …………………………………………………………………………………….206

Page 8: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

8

Executive Summary

Analyst Recommendation: Overvalued, Sell

April 1st, 2009

52 Wk Range 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008Revenue 3.83886 3.53366 3.62642 3.95541 3.52709Market Cap.Shares Outstanding

Book Value Per Share

Return on EquityReturn on Assets Trailing P/E $52.92

Forward P/E $76.05

Div/Price $34.33

Estimated R‐Squared Beta Ke Price/Book $73.673‐Month 0.3016 1.670 14.23% P.E.G. $43.441‐Year 0.3015 1.666 14.20% Price/EBITDA $54.512‐Year 0.3011 1.663 14.18% EV/EBITDA $65.477‐year 0.3007 1.655 14.12% Price/FCF N/A10‐Year 0.3005 1.651 14.10%

Upper Lower

Published Beta 1.61

Estimated Beta 1.67 4.79 39.51

Size Adj. WACC 7.40% 9.96% 4.83% 11.49 199.81

Size Adj. Cost of Equity 15.13% 22.25% 8.00% 16.49 64.25

Cost of Debt 3.05% 11.68 65.15

WACC 7.07% 8.68 52.24

Relavent RangePrice

BG‐NYSE (4/1/2009) $57.94 Altman Z‐Score

Financial Based Evaluations

Intrinsic Valuations

27.60 ‐ 127.6449.30 B5.69 B

121.63 Mil

Free Cash Flows

Residual Income

Long‐Run Residual Income

61.14

13.40%4.84%

Cost of Capital

Discounted Dividends

Abnormal Earnings Growth

7.96

148.47

38.91

23.35

23.85

Page 9: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

9

Industry/Business Strategy Analysis

 

  Bunge Ltd. Was in 1818 by John Peter Gottiele Bunge. Bunge entered the

market as an importer and exporter of grain. Since then, Bunge has grown into a

multi-million dollar Agribusiness corporation. They specialize in manufacturing

consumer products from oilseed and grain. Bunge also manufactures fertilizer and

animal feed. They are listed on the New York Stock Exchange and they are one of the

global leaders in agribusiness doing business anywhere from Brazil to China.

The Agribusiness industry uses commodities as its main input, and firms within

the industry compete on cost leadership. Bunge must focus on maintaining a tight cost

control system in order to be successful. The industry maximizes economies of scale to

earn profits on goods with a low profit margin. Bunge’s main competitors are Archer-

Daniels Midland, Corn Products, and CHS Inc. Customers of the industry include: food

service distributors, restaurant chains, feed manufacturers, and retail outlets. These

customers can easily switch distributors, so Bunge must stay competitive to maintain

market share.

The sudden increase in demand for alternative fuels has allowed Bunge to

expand their operations and manufacture ethanol from their corn supply. Last year

alone the industry saw a 50% increase in growth. With the industry growing so fast it

is important to know what impact various forces will have on profits. By utilizing the

Five Forces model, we can identify the most crucial aspects of the industry. Our results

are posted below.

Page 10: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

10

Buyers have an advantage against the producers when it comes to negotiating

prices. High start up costs and economies of scale prevents new entrants into the

market. The threat of substitutes is low because the industry uses homogenous

products across the board. Rivalry among firms is high and this leads to the pure lost

leadership strategy for the Agribusiness industry.

Accounting Analysis

Bunge must comply with SEC and GAAP standards, but a high level of

flexibility still exists. In this section we scrutinized the accounting methods Bunge uses

and whether or not they paint an accurate picture of what is really going on within the

company. The extent to which a firm discloses their financial statements is key to

determine whether or not a firm is properly valued. We found that Bunge is a very

transparent company. They go above and beyond when disclosing information relating

to goodwill, hedging, operating leases, and pension and post retirement-funds. While

examining key accounting policies we found no potential “red flags” and did not have to

restate and of the income statements.

Bunge is rather aggressive when it comes to pension and post-retirement funds.

By comparing their discount and growth rates to the industry, we found that Bunge

uses higher rates. This decreases the present value of the funds.

Five Forces of the Agribusiness

Industry

Concentration

Bargaining Power of Buyers High

Bargaining Power of Suppliers Low

Threat of New Entrants Low

Threat of Substitute Products Low

Rivalry Amongst Existing Firms High

Page 11: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

11

Goodwill is an intangible asset on the balance sheet and it is easy to

misrepresent the overall value of the company. When compared to total long term

assets, Bunge never carries more than ten percent in goodwill. From this we concluded

that Bunge is accurately stating its assets and owners equity. Firms have minimal

flexibility when disclosing hedging activities, and Bunge goes into more detail than

required. Bunge shows the fair and market risk for their highest long and short position

in future contracts. Bunge uses operating leases which can lead to understated

liabilities and assets. We compared the present value of future operating lease

obligations to the present value of long-term debt. A healthy company will have a ratio

under ten percent; and for Bunge the percentage was less than one percent. This is a

good sign for Bunge because it shows that they are not stretching themselves too thin,

and that they will have adequate funds to pay future obligations.

Financial Analysis

Financial analysis involves looking at liquidity, profitability, and viability of a firm

by applying several financial ratios. These ratios can give a better insight in to Bunge,

as well as give us another opportunity to measure and compare Bunge to other

competitors in the industry. We will also use financial ratios to gain a stronger insight

into Bunge’s strengths and weakness. The three ratios we will able consist of liquidity,

profitability and capital structure. Liquidity ratios are used to judge if a firm will be able

to meet current and future obligations. We founded that Bunge is outperforming other

competitors in liquidity ratios. This helps Bunge attract investors because it shows they

have the strong ability to pay off debts. Profitability ratios are applied to view the

performance of the firm. Compared to other firms, Bunge is under performing in

profitability ratios. Capital structure ratios are used to judge and view the way firms

finance operations and investments. Firms have two options when choosing how to pay

for activities, debt or equity. The more heavily a firm relies on debt, the larger default

Page 12: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

12

risk weighs on the firm. Bunge performed on average with other firms when comparing

capital structure ratios.

The next step in performing a financial analysis is to forecast future financial

statements. It is important to remember that forecast will never be one hundred

percent accurate. Still, by using current and historical data, we were able to forecast

future financial statements for Bunge. By first forecasting sales growth, this is the most

important estimate in the entire forecast because every other item in the financial

statements can be linked to sales. Due to the economy currently being in a recession

we forecasted lower growth for Bunge in the next two years. Afterwards we forecasted

Bunge to return to a normal growth rate that the company has experienced in the past.

After sales we applied several financial ratios in order to forecast other items on

Bunge’s financial statements. For example, by using the asset turnover ratio to forecast

assets we linked the income statement to the balance sheet.

The last step in our financial analysis was to derive Bunge’s cost of capital. Cost

of capital is what investors expect to receive if they choose to invest in a firm. By using

regressions we found what we believe is Bunge’s Beta. By applying CAPM, we

concluded that Bunge’s cost of capital is 14.23%.

Valuation

The valuation section of our analysis was done in two pieces. The first part of

our valuation of Bunge was done by using the method of comparables. First we found

several ratios for Bunge and its competitors. By finding an industry average in a ratio,

excluding Bunge, we set Bunge equal to the average in order to compute a comparable

price. The method of comparables has several flaws. For one, any competitive

advantages Bunge holds over its competitors is not accounted for. Since we believe the

method of comparables is flawed, we decided not to value the results it produced in

making our final decision on the equity value of Bunge.

Page 13: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

13

The second piece of our valuation of Bunge was intrinsic value. Intrinsic

models are backed by sound theory. They do not ignore advantages Bunge may have

over its competitors. Since we believe intrinsic valuations are strong and relevant, we

weighed them heavily in our final decision. We used five different models before making

our decision. After studying the results we found, we strongly believe that Bunge is an

overvalued firm at the share price of $57.94 traded on April 1, 2008.

Page 14: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

14

Business and Industry Analysis

Company Overview

Bunge Ltd. was founded in 1818 by John Peter Gottliele Bunge. Bunge began as

an importer and exporter of grain before evolving into the multi-million dollar

agribusiness firm it is today. Headquartered in White Plains, New York, Bunge

specializes in manufacturing fertilizer, producing animal feed, as well as creating

consumer products from oilseed and other grains. Now trading on the New York Stock

Exchange, Bunge has become one of the global leaders in agribusiness while

conducting business anywhere from Brazil to China.

Bunge’s major divisions include agribusiness, fertilizer, and food products. They

take raw materials such as soy beans, grains, wheat and corn and process them into

ingredients for cattle feed, edible food oils, and biodiesel. Bunge states, “We believe we

are: a leading oilseed processing company based in processing capacity, the largest

producer and supplier of fertilizer to farmers in South America, based on volume, and a

leading seller of packaged vegetable oils worldwide based on sales” (Bunge 10-K). This

complex firm utilizes its sources to provide a wide variety of products to a wide variety

of customers. Their customers include animal feed manufacturers, food service

distributors, restaurant chains, and retail outlets. Having such a wide variety of

customers allows Bunge to rapidly expand their business to meet the needs of

consumers. Their main competitors include Archer Daniels Midland, Corn Products, and

CHS Inc. whose purpose is to “enhance lives by improving the global agribusiness and

food chain” (Bunge 10-K and Yahoo Finance). Bunge is slightly smaller than their

competitors but is rapidly growing their market cap. In the past few years Bunge has

continued to dramatically increase their sales and be a solid competitor in the industry.

Page 15: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

15

Total Assets, Net Sales, and Comparable Sales Growth

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

Total

Assets

9884 10907 11446 21991 20230

Net Sales 25168 24275 26274 37842 52574

Sales

Growth

13.55% -3.53% 8.23% 44.02% 38.93%

(All in Millions; Bunge 10-K)

Industry Overview

The agribusiness industry is one of high importance in the consumer goods

market. It caters to customers all over the world providing products to help improve

the welfare of farming and livestock while also providing services to people all over the

world. Products produced in this market include fertilizers for farmers, feed for

livestock, and oilseed products for other food products. Because this industry includes

so many different firms with similar products, it puts high importance on price and

product differentiation. Similar products make this industry highly competitive and

firms must set themselves apart from each other in order to be successful.

Major competitors in the industry include firms like Archer Daniels Midland,

Bunge Ltd., CHS Inc., and Corn Products. Archer Daniels Midland continues to be the

industry giant while firms like Bunge Ltd. and CHS Inc. are firms quickly on the rise.

The Wall Street Journal states, “Over the past two years or so, Bunge and other grain-

trading companies earned record profits amid volatile grain and energy markets”

(Etter). In spite of the current financial market turmoil, agribusiness firms have

Page 16: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

16

continued to find ways to improve their business and increase industry productivity.

Overall the industry seems highly competitive while there is still room for growth.

Five Forces Model

The Five Forces model is a tool used to analyze and interpret the impact various

forces have on an industry’s profitability. The Five Forces model was created by

Michael Porter out of Harvard University. We use this model to determine the degree of

importance relative to the industry for each force. It also examines how each

component serves as a potential profit driver for the competitiveness of the industry as

a whole.

Page 17: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

17

Industries can compete on the basis of cost leadership or product differentiation.

Competitors in the agribusiness industry compete on the basis of cost leadership. Price

in the agribusiness industry is affected by population changes, weather, government

regulations, and standards of living. The main goal in the agribusiness industry is to

manage unit costs and improve efficiency. (Corn Products 10-K)

The Five Forces model can be separated into two main categories. The first is

the level of actual and potential competition. The second category is bargaining power

with input and output markets. The first three forces analyze the degree of competition

in an industry. Rivalry amongst existing firms is the first force discussed. It outlines

the level of competition among existing firms in the industry. This is followed by the

threat of new entrants where we will examine how difficult it is for new firms to enter

the industry and be successful. If there is a relatively high probability for new entrants

in the market, there will be a much greater chance that firms will struggle within the

industry to recognize profits. The third force is the threat of substitute products. We

will determine to what extent the range of substitute products exists outside the

industry.

The final two forces investigate the bargaining power of distributors (or

customers) and the bargaining power of suppliers in the market. The fourth force is the

bargaining power of buyers. It explains why there is a greater threat to firms when the

buyers have more control over the prices in the market. When buyers have control

over prices it takes away the ability for the firm to control its profit margin. This can

make profits difficult, if not impossible, to realize. Similarly, the fifth force is bargaining

power of suppliers. The more control suppliers have in determining the cost of raw

material, the smaller the margin becomes for the firm. After examining these five

forces, it is then possible to recognize the level of competition that exists within the

industry. The industry can have three different levels of competition: high, mixed, and

low. When a high level of competition exists firms are focused on cost leadership. On

Page 18: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

18

the other hand, when competition is low firms are focused on differentiation. Finally a

mixed level of competition is a combination of cost leadership and differentiation.

Rivalry among Existing Firms

Rivalry among firms within an industry can occur in various ways and firms can

also compete in many different ways. Firms can compete based on price competition or

they can focus on other factors that can help add value to the product. Some of the

factors include: industry growth, concentration and balance of competitors, degree of

differentiation, switching costs, economies of scale, excess capacity, and exit barriers,

which can all help compete against other existing firms in the industry.

Industry Growth

The industry growth rate can play a role in the competitive forces within an

industry. Firms will have plenty of opportunities to gain market share during rapid

growth rates. However, firms will have to compete more against each other to gain

more market share during slow industry growth rates. Industry growth rate can also

Five Forces of the Agribusiness

Industry

Concentration

Bargaining Power of Buyers High

Bargaining Power of Suppliers Low

Threat of New Entrants Low

Threat of Substitute Products Low

Rivalry Amongst Existing Firms High

Page 19: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

19

help firms evaluate each other in terms as to who is growing at a faster rate and how

the industry can grow in the near future.

(Information derived from Bunge, ADM, Corn Products, and CHS 10-K’s)

The above figure shows the growth rates in the agribusiness industry throughout

the past five years. The chart shows that the growth rate is inconsistent but overall

displays a growing trend over the past five years. For instance, this past year there was

a growth rate of about 50%, but in 2005, the industry growth rate for that year was

about 10%. This past year, the drastic increase was due to new opportunities such as

the ethanol and sugarcane opportunities. New alternative fuels have gained lots of

popularity, and it has helped agribusiness as an industry grow. In a price commodity

industry new opportunities are not as common when compared to a more innovative

industry. However, the new alternative to natural resources has given the industry a

chance to expand.

0.00%

10.00%

20.00%

30.00%

40.00%

50.00%

60.00%

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

Percetna

ges 

Years 

Industry Growth

Industry Growth

Page 20: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

20

Market share for agribusiness industry has experienced a wide range of growth

rates. The change in growth rates primarily depended on location and consumer

preferences. Consumer preferences could be determined by current economic

conditions. For example, ADM was competing with Valero Energy Corporation for the

right to buy Verasun Energy Corp. Valero was able to beat ADM’s offering, so ADM did

not purchase Verasun Energy Corp (Resnick). ADM was trying to gain in market share

with this new investment. The acquisition was unsuccessful, and ADM did not acquire

Verasun. The agribusiness industry includes a wide variety of products following the

“farm to consumer” chain. The “farm to consumer” supply chain consists of all the

processes involved in the agribusiness industry which include: trade, transport, store,

and processing of food products.

Firms within the agribusiness industry primarily produce fertilizers, edible oil

products, milling products, with grains, soybeans, wheat, corn, sugar cane, and

vegetable oils allowing the industry to compete in a price commodity industry with

several growth opportunities. In The Wall Street Journal, Tony Danby reported Brazil’s

sugar exports are expected to increase 21% in the next year. (Brazil’s Sugar, WSJ)

Concentration and Balance of Competitors

The degree of competition among an industry is determined by the size of each

firm. Furthermore, the concentration can help coordinate pricing and other competitive

actions. If the market share for each firm is relatively equal, the firms will not focus on

price competition as much compared to if there was one dominant firm in the industry.

The Agribusiness industry is very concentrated, and firms are maintaining market share.

ADM has the majority followed Bunge. Corn Products and CHS Inc. remain relatively

small. By having one dominant firm in the industry, price competition will be more

necessary to allow other firms to compete effectively. The chart below shows ADM has

held the dominant position within the industry. Since there is a dominant firm in the

Page 21: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

21

industry, other firms will have to focus on price competition among other competitive

strategies to gain market share.

(Information derived from all four 10-K’s)

Degree of Differentiation

The extent to which firms in an industry can avoid head-on competition depends

on the extent to which they can differentiate their products and services. (Palepu &

Healy) The Agribusiness industry delivers a homogenous product. With little to no

differentiation between products firms must rely on price competition be successful. If

a firm does not concentrate on cost leadership, they will see demand for their sales

plummet. This is due to the high supply of substitute products in the market.

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

Market Share in Percentages Over past 5 Years 

Bunge ADM Corn Products CHS Inc.

Page 22: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

22

Switching Costs

Switching costs are the firm’s ability to change where it receives the raw

materials used in production. Lower switching costs give more power to the firms in

the industry to negotiate price. Firms could switch between commodities. Switching

costs would be relatively low due to large supply of commodities around the world.

Many firms in the industry choose to do business in South America because costs are

cheaper. Since there are so many farms it makes it easy for firms to shop the market

and get the cheapest price on raw materials. This is consistent with a cost leadership

strategy.

Economies of Scale

The idea of economies of scale refers to whether a company must be as large as

the other firms it competes with in order for it to be successful. For agribusiness

industry, a firm must compete in the price input and output levels to maintain cost

leadership. Producing large amounts of products and services at a minimal cost allow

larger firms to achieve economies of scale. If there is a dominant firm in the industry it

makes it more difficult for the other firms to survive.

Page 23: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

23

(Information derived from all four 10-K’s)

The chart above shows that ADM has highest percentage of total assets and has

an advantage in economies of scale. While analyzing the industry we found that firms

with higher total assets had a higher sales volume. When a firm has a higher total

asset they are able to produce more goods. This is where ADM is realizing the benefit

of economies of scale.

Learning Economies of Scale

Learning economies of scale suggests that firms must have significant knowledge

in their industry to succeed against competitors. In the agribusiness industry, it is

essential to have knowledge about the “farm to consumer” chain. By streamlining this

supply chain firms can reduce waste and increase efficiency. The agribusiness industry

does not normally experience radical jumps in technology because the processes rarely

change. Firms within the industry do not spend more than 1% of their total sales on

0.00%

10.00%

20.00%

30.00%

40.00%

50.00%

60.00%

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

Total Asset Percentage

Bunge  ADM Corn Products CHS Inc

Page 24: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

24

research and development. We found no information on new patents in the firm’s 10-

K’s. Research and development is a low priority across the board. Firms learn through

experience, so more established firms have a better advantage.

Fixed-Variable Costs

A fixed-variable cost is dividing estimated fixed-costs by estimated variable costs.

It is an important ratio used when firms are deciding how much to produce and what

price they should charge for it. For firms in the industry, the fixed variable costs ratio

is important because firms own manufacturing facilities not only in the U.S., but

overseas as well. The Addition of storage facilities and expensive equipment lead to

high fixed costs. Variable costs include: raw materials, transport, energy, and

manufacturing. These costs must be carefully planned with cost effective programs.

This leads to high fixed-variable ratio. It makes it necessary for firms to produce large

quantities to maintain their low price strategy.

Conclusion

The Agribusiness industry has a high level of rivalry among firms. Agribusiness is

currently experiencing high levels of growth accompanied with high economies of scale.

Learning economies of scale focuses on the “farm to consumer” supply chain to

streamline costs. Products offered are undifferentiated and contain large amounts of

fixed costs. A high fixed-variable cost ratio makes it necessary for firms to produce

very high quantities to recognize profits. The abundance of farms around the world

enables firms to have low switching costs. Although the industry has a high

concentration, all of the firms are very competitive. This high level of competition

makes it necessary for firms concentrate on cost control and pricing strategies to offer

cheaper prices than the competition.

Page 25: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

25

Threat of New Entrants

The ease of new entrants entering the market is an important factor for existing

firms in the industry. The threat of new entrant effects profit potential and market

share. If there are abnormal earnings within the industry, then new entrants will be

attracted to enter. More firms in the industry results in an increased level of price

competition. More barriers make it less profitable for new firms to enter the market.

The key factors that determine the degree to which new entrants will attempt to enter

the industry are: economies of scale, first mover advantage, access to channels of

distribution and relationships, and legal barriers. These factors help determine the

threat new entrants will have in the industry against its competitors.

Economies of Scale

Economies of scale will prevent new entrants from entering into the market. The

established firms use economies of scale to drive down average unit cost per unit

through increased production. The small profit margin makes it necessary for firms to

have massive levels of production in order to realize profits. The chart below shows the

total assets over the past five years and they each own millions of dollars in assets.

Since firms in the agribusiness industry are in dominant position it would be extremely

difficult and costly to try to enter in the market.

Total Assets

(In Millions)

Year Bunge ADM Corn Prod CHS Inc

2008 20,230 37,056 3,207 8,772 2007 21,991 25,118 3,103 6,754 2006 14,347 21,269 2,662 4,943 2005 11,446 18,589 2,389 4,727 2004 10,901 19,369 2,367 4,031 (Information is derived from all four 10-k’s)

Page 26: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

26

Current demand is being met and existing firms are struggling over market

share. ADM and Bunge held 83% of the market share in 2008. This leaves no

opportunity to gain market share or realize profits. New entrants will not have the

resources to compete with the established firms.

First Mover Advantage

The first mover Advantage is the benefit of being the first to open up a new

segment of the market. This allows you to gain a permanent advantage while everyone

else is catching up. “Being the first mover in an industry can have several advantages,

such as setting industry standards, obtaining exclusive arrangements, or acquiring

scarce government licenses to operate.” (Palepu and Healy) The most recent example

of a first mover advantage is the use of commodities to produce alternative fuels.

Technology has helped develop new alternative fuels such as ethanol and sugarcane

that have help fit consumers’ desires. Also, firms have to follow government guidelines

and regulations to farm and produce their food products. Obtaining the proper

information first will allow the firm to adapt to the new rules faster. Being the first

mover will help the firm grow, while other firms will be forced to compete in order to

maintain their market share.

Access to Channels of Distribution and Relationships

A potential problem for new companies attempting to make their way in the

industry can be gaining access to channels of distribution. Establishing key

relationships in any industry is also very crucial. Successful relationships with

customers gain market share. Through outsourcing and building relationships within

the industry, new entrants have a much better chance of quickly adapting to their new

market and being competitive. It is also important to think globally when striving for

Page 27: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

27

growth. The top firms in the industry conduct business in both the Northern and

Southern hemisphere. This type of globalization helps expand and differentiate the

nature of the industry’s business. It has become much easier today to establish

relationships across the world due to evolved technology without incurring high costs.

In order to gain access to distribution channels it is imperative for firms within an

industry to gain trust with their customers and establish reliable relationships. It may

also be difficult for a small firm to develop relations when the larger firms in the

industry have already established them.

Legal Barriers

Like many large industries, legal barriers play a very large role in limiting entry

into the global agribusiness industry. Government Regulation is a very big risk factor

within this business. Problems that the industry faces can be explained by, “Global

suppliers are challenged to comply with evolving regulations that vary country-by-

country. The issue is becoming even more complicated because of non-harmonized

standards and norms internationally, which can become barriers for some agribusiness

companies to participate in markets, at the same time opening market access for

others” (Poghosyan 124). This article, taken from the International Food and

Agribusiness Management Review, reveals the difficulty of performing around the world

by having to adapt to each country’s individual laws. The industry also is facing many

biodiesel regulations because a majority of the products they make are refined into bio-

fuels. This proves that the agribusiness industry encounters high legal barriers.

Conclusion

In conclusion, the industry faces a very low level of new entrants. The low level

is mainly due to factors such as: Large firms in the industry and high legal barriers. It is

Page 28: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

28

very difficult for a smaller firm to gain leverage and competitive advantages during

entry because of the nature of this business.

Threat of Substitute Products

Substitute products can be defined as products that are found to be alternatives

by the user. New or existing products can be labeled substitute products. Substantial

investments in research and development are a major factor to the development of

substitute products. Research and development costs in the agribusiness industry are

less than one percent of total sales. In the agribusiness industry there are many

products that are very similar making the industry quite competitive and hard to gain an

advantage.

Relative Price and Performance

In gaining advantages in the agribusiness and food industry, two major factors

include cost leadership and product differentiation. The ability to offer a product at a

lower price than the competition while keeping profits high can be a crucial way to

becoming a leader in the industry. Another way to stand out in an industry is to

develop product differentiation. By being innovative and setting your product apart

from others while providing something more valuable to a consumer is a key way to

gaining competitive advantages in this industry. In the case of oil products, new

government regulation reduced the chances for product differentiation decreasing the

threat of new oil products controlling the market. One might believe that this industry

can tend to be pretty basic by providing certain agricultural food products that haven’t

changed dramatically throughout the years. However, recently with the world now

becoming more health conscious, the industry has been able to increase business by

Page 29: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

29

spending more time and money on research and development to come up with healthy

solutions of foods and grains. Soon there may be a higher threat of new products but

for the time being, cost leadership and differentiation levels remain low.

Customers’ Willingness to Switch

A buyer’s willingness to switch from an original product in the industry to a

substitute product depends largely on the availability of that substitute and the price at

which it is available. In this particular industry, the threat of substitute products is

relatively low. Due to this fact, a buyer would be less likely to switch to a new product

because they would be skeptical. The products in this industry have been very similar

across the firms making it more of a price driven market. If a rare substitute product

were available it may take longer to become sales worthy because it would have to

prove to be innovative and relevant to the customer. Overall, because the agribusiness

industry has a low threat of substitute products, the buyer would be less willing to

switch from traditional products unless the substitute was substantially different in

price.

Conclusion

In conclusion, the threat of substitute products in the agribusiness industry tends to

be low but possibly increasing with new technology and new product opportunities.

There are few if any substitutes to the types of oil’s, seeded foods, fertilizers, and other

products that this industry provides leaving substitutes little to no threat on the industry

as a whole. This would cause buyers to be less likely to switch to substitute products

without a major difference in price and productivity.

Page 30: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

30

Bargaining Power of Customers

The agribusiness industry has a wide variety of customers which makes each of

their division’s very competitive. Customers include farmers, retail chains, food service

companies, and food processors. Bunge Ltd’s customers are very important because

with top competitors like ADM, CHS Incorporated, and Corn Products International, the

customers can switch suppliers easily. The industry distributes its products to

companies like animal feeders, restaurants, and retail industries. Much of the industry

has the majority of their customers in Brazil and the rest of South America. Bunge,

ADM, CHS, and Corn Products have farm land in Brazil to produce their products. In

2003, CHS Inc opened an office in Sao Paulo, Brazil to organize and handle their

soybeans and grain marketing operations for international customers (CHS Inc. 10-k).

Each company handles transportation and handling for their products. In turn, proves

to be beneficial for the customers. Since Bunge, ADM, CHS, and Corn Products each

handle a portion of their business in Brazil; customers have a strong bargaining power

to make each company compete for business.

Switching Costs

For most customers, their ability to switch suppliers is very easy because there

are many different companies offering the same products as each other. For instance,

Corn Products claim they are one of the largest agribusinesses in the U.S. (Corn

Products 10-K). Because the firms in this industry offer very similar products, switching

costs for customers within the industry are quite low. If a customer is displeased with

the product of one firm or must switch to a product from a competitor for some reason,

the customer’s switching cost will be low. The costs of these products are low which

also explains why switching from one to another requires minimal costs.

Page 31: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

31

Differentiation

When assessing the bargaining power of customers, consider differentiation of

products within the industry. In agribusiness, as previously mentioned, the products

have low cost relative to many other industries. The ability to make a product unique

and efficient in this industry takes a lot of research and development because of the

basic nature of the industry’s products. This leads product differentiation to be very

low. When products are this similar throughout the industry, it creates higher

competition among the firms operating in the agribusiness market. When firms have

trouble setting their products apart from each other, differentiation becomes more cost

based meaning firms compete for business through their prices.

Cost and Strategy Importance

Cost and strategy are extremely important when competing for sales in

agribusiness and fertilizers. Since ADM and CHS both compete in agribusinesses in

Brazil, other firms have to rely on price competition. Bunge states in their agribusiness

division, “The markets for our product are highly competitive and are sensitive to

product substitution… Competition is based on price, product, service offerings, and

geographical location”. (Bunge 10-K) The firms within the industry must derive their

own ways to set apart from one another and attract their customers. In this market,

price and costs of production are very important when battling for business. The

strategy in which firms do business with their customers can also set them apart from

the competition. Bunge, as well as the industry as a whole, has to compete in several

areas for each division to compete effectively. They make appropriate leases for

transportation and invest in different ports and storage facilities to “better serve our

customer base and improve our distribution and logistics capabilities”. (Corn Products

10-K) CHS just recently purchased distribution ports in Brazil to better manage the

Page 32: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

32

international activity, so Bunge has to rely in greater product and service offerings so

that their market share will not decline. (CHS 10-K) As for fertilizer division, Bunge

states, “The Brazilian fertilizer industry is highly competitive. Competition is based

largely on price, quality, and service including customer financing.” (Bunge 10-K) All of

these are examples that can help a firm gain an advantage with their customers.

Limiting costs and improving customer service strategies can set a company apart from

the industry.

Number of Customers

All three divisions in Bunge’s industry are highly competitive, because each

industry offers its products to a different set of customers. Corn Products mainly has

sales towards manufacturers and distributors, while Bunge sales towards restaurants

and retail stores. Even though the two have different sets of customers, they can easily

switch suppliers because they offer similar products. Bargaining power of customers is

very crucial for any firm in the agribusiness industry because there are many different

substitutes for their products. There will always be high demand for the products

provided by this industry, so there will always be customers to serve for. The hardest

thing for firms is to have a great business model so the industry’s customers will be

their customers. By maintaining existing customers and expanding to new customers,

firms will be able to grow with the company and gain in market share.

Volume per Customer

A high sales volume per customer is good for a company because it minimizes

excess account costs and gives the seller more security in their sales. The firms within

the industry can predict how much they will sell because the majority of their customers

do repeat business with them. Due to the nature of their business the oils, fertilizers,

Page 33: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

33

and foods are purchased by their customers in very large amounts. Each processor or

distributor that buys from this industry buys in bulk. The sales volume per customer in

the agribusiness industry is very high because they are the source to the distributor and

do not have to make small individual sales.

Conclusion

In this industry, customers have relatively high bargaining power because the

costs of the company’s products are relatively low. Switching costs for customers is low

giving them the upper hand in deciding who they do business with. To compete in this

industry the firm has to keep prices low because there is little differentiation between

their products and those of their competitors. This industry also has a high number of

customers and high sales volume per customer which is good for the firm if there are

not many competitors in their industry. Overall, the customers in this industry have

high bargaining power.

Bargaining Power of Suppliers

A crucial aspect of valuing an industry’s attractiveness is assessing the

bargaining power of their suppliers. The suppliers within this industry deal with

companies much larger and more powerful than themselves. The firms in the

agribusiness and food business have more power over there suppliers and are able to

dictate the way they do business with each other. Their suppliers come from countries

with lower value while they do business in countries all over the world. This allows the

firms within this industry to turn higher profits while not paying excess amounts to their

suppliers. By looking at switching costs, differentiation, costs and quality importance,

and the number of suppliers, more information will help determine the supplier’s

bargaining power in the industry.

Page 34: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

34

Switching Costs

To value the effect of the suppliers bargaining power in this industry, consider

the firms’ switching costs. In a market such as the edible oils food market and other

agribusiness products the ability to switch from one supplier to another is relatively

inexpensive. There is little importance in the technology among suppliers so the

difference between them is minimal. This makes switching costs mainly dependent on

the difference in price and quality. If something were to happen where a company like

Bunge or Archer Daniels Midland had to switch suppliers, they would not lose much

profit or productivity in the move. Similarly, if a Brazilian supplier lost the business of

this type of market, the transition to a new market would prove to be ultimately

inexpensive. Therefore overall switching costs between the industry and their suppliers

is very low and looks to continue that trend.

Differentiation

Another key factor when considering suppliers bargaining power is the

differentiation among the suppliers. If a supplier can set themselves apart from their

competition by creating more productive ways of business and innovative service

techniques more buyers will be likely to do business with them. This could put the

unique supplier in a category all by themselves and would increase their bargaining

power among their buyers. The differentiation among suppliers in the oil food and

agribusiness industry seems to be low because the basis of their work is done through

traditional farming and goods production. There is not much need for innovative

techniques or revolutionary ideas. The suppliers provide a basic service to the industry

and the way suppliers provide this service seems unlikely to change. Differentiation

among suppliers is low making it less likely for them to gain substantial power in

negotiating sales terms.

Page 35: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

35

Costs and Quality Importance

Cost and quality are very important factors in this industry. Firms provide

consumer goods sold all over the world and must do so at a relatively low price. Due to

this, the firms within the industry strive to seek out suppliers that have a similar motive.

A company like Bunge is in a great position to gain better suppliers at a lower price.

Bunge’s spokesperson Stewart Lindsay said that they are trying to be “more selective”

and control working capital with risk involved during the economic recession (Etter).

Because of a bare financial market, the industry’s firms are searching for suppliers

inexpensive suppliers without giving up the quality of the products they are purchasing.

These suppliers depend very highly on being able to supply their products at the

highest possible grade with the lowest possible cost. This in turn also lowers the

suppliers bargaining power. In this recession, they are doing their best to stay afloat by

conducting business with whomever they can at possibly reduced prices.

Number of Suppliers/ Volume per Supplier

The number of potential suppliers for this industry is exceptionally high. Farmers

cover a high majority of the type of business done in South America therefore

availability is relatively easy when looking for a supplier. In today’s market however, as

business for consumer goods declines, the number of suppliers will continue to

diminish. Products like soybean, grains, fertilizers, and other convertible foods are sold

in high bulk to the industry. The volume purchased from each supplier is extremely

high. This is why most firms in this industry do business with established suppliers

through private financing. Suppliers again show low bargaining power with the high

number of others striving to offer their same business.

Page 36: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

36

Conclusion

When assessing this industry’s supplier bargaining power we discussed switching

costs, differentiation, cost and quality importance, and the number of suppliers. After

revealing performance in each of the categories we can conclude that overall the

bargaining power of the industry’s suppliers is very low. Larger companies control

suppliers and have the ability to dictate both prices and quality because of the simplistic

products that the supplying farmers provide.

Analysis of Key Success Factors for Value Creation in the Industry

The ability to establish a competitive advantage sets successful companies apart

from the others. It takes more to build value than just having a solid structure.

Companies have to have strong strategic choices in order to compete in such a high

playing field. The business activities that firms select enable them to achieve these key

success factors. When you are choosing a strategic plan there are two different routes

you can take. Firms can choose to compete in cost leadership or differentiation. Cost

leadership is where you drive prices down in production in order to sell as cheap as

possible and still make a profit. Companies produce at such at a high volume, that they

are still able to make a large profit on a small margin. When using differentiation, firms

choose to focus on producing specialty products which allow them to charge a price

premium. The Agribusiness industry is concentrated on cost leadership.

Page 37: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

37

Cost Leadership

“Products compete with virtually identical or similar products manufactured by

other companies.” (Corn Products 10-K) Every company in the agribusiness industry is

working with a low profit margin and a high volume of sales. This means that cost

leadership is crucial. By selling the most products you gain the most products. With

commodities increasing in price, companies are always looking for a way to cut costs.

Competitive pricing is the name of the game. If a company is not able to compete in

pricing then it will be impossible to stay in the industry. The main components that

drive cost leadership are: economies of scale, economies of scope, efficient production,

simpler product designs, lower input costs, low cost distribution, little research and

development, little brand advertising, and a tight control system. We will now take a

look at each one of these drivers and see how it is used to create a competitive

advantage in the industry. Larger firms find it easier to take advantage of economies of

scale because they have more resources. This makes it much more difficult for smaller

firms to enter into the industry. This exemplifies the competitiveness of the industry.

Economies of Scale

In a cost leadership industry, economies of scale can either make or break a

company. Bunge LTD, ADM, CHS, and Corn Products employ economies of scale across

the board. “Given the commodity-based nature of many of its businesses, the

company, on an ongoing basis, focuses on managing unit costs and improving

efficiency through technology improvements and productivity enhancements. (ADM 10-

K) Concentrating on lowering the long run average cost facilitates companies with

maximizing profits. This, in turn, lowers overall costs. By increasing the amount of

capital used and lowering fixed costs enables firms to produce more at a lower cost.

Fixed costs such as plant and property are already incurred so it is necessary to get as

much production from them as possible. With such a large start up investment

Page 38: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

38

necessary, it is difficult for new firms to enter the industry. This is why economies of

scale is so important in the agribusiness industry.

Economies of Scope

Whereas economies of scale focuses on minimizing input cost, economies of

scope concentrates on maximizing outputs. These companies take advantage of

economies of scope by using their corn and soybeans for both food products and means

for alternative energy. The industry as a whole is turning its interest to the sugar-

based ethanol markets. They are already so established in Brazil and see the

opportunity to capitalize off the cheaper refinement prices of sugarcane. Firms can

maximize their outputs by using their products for other areas of the industry. “Partially

refined oil is sold for use in chemicals, paints and other industrial products.” (ADM 10-K)

Getting the most out of every dollar is vital in the agribusiness industry. This results in

the highest returns to the company. Economies of scope is a crucial aspect when it

comes to creating and sustaining a competitive advantage.

Efficient Production

Another major factor in maintaining cost leadership is efficient production. In

efficient production you simply turn your inputs into outputs as economically as

possible. They industry can do this by making sure they do not waste any of the

resources they use in production. The Industry takes it soybean and corn food

products and separates them into two groups. What they cannot use for vegetable oil

they split off and turn into animal feed. (Bunge 10-K) This process maintains efficiency

and cuts down on waste. The Industry also makes different types of fertilizers which

offer different levels of quality. The mines contain everything from potash to triple

superphosphate which is far more precious. Extracting all of these minerals from the

Page 39: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

39

same mine is a solid example of efficient production. Streamlining production facilities

can cut back on excessive waste. “We have preventive maintenance and de-

bottlenecking programs designed to maintain and improve capacity and facility

reliability.” (Corn Products 10-K) By implementing plans like this, the industry can

eliminate waste and achieve more efficient production.

Input Costs

Lowering input costs is a key component to having more control over your

pricing. The Agribusiness industry’s main input is commodities. “In any single year, the

availability and price of these commodities are subject to unpredictable factors such as

weather, plantings, government programs and policies, changes in demand, and

changes in standards of living.” (ADM 10-K)

Transporting overseas is directly affected by crude oil prices since the freighters

run off gasoline. Companies also engage in hedging to protect themselves from losses.

“The company uses derivative contracts to fix the purchase price of anticipated volumes

to be purchase within the next month, to fix the company’s gas requirements. The

change in value has historically been highly effective at offsetting changes in price

movements.” (ADM 10-K) In the fertilizer segment it is important for companies to

ensure that they are using the most efficient means of extracting the minerals from the

earth. If a mine is not rich with phosphate and other minerals then the company might

be paying more than they would to buy the fertilizer off another company. All of these

factors determine the ways that firms can lower input costs.

Distribution Costs

Distribution costs are one of the main areas of strategy that provide a

competitive advantage in this industry. Distribution costs are defined as costs

Page 40: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

40

associated with the holding of inventory and the shipment of goods to customers. The

ability for a company to ship its product efficiently drives down cost. Firms in the

Agribusiness drive down cost by minimizing the cost tied up in distribution. “Since

products are shipped mainly in bulk the company has developed a transportation

system utilizing trucks, railcars, river barges, and oceanic vessels to efficiently move

commodities and processed products anywhere in the world.” (ADM 10-K) With

operations in Brazil, the U.S.A., Europe, Canada, Argentina, and Asia Distribution costs

must be carefully planned in order to avoid waste. Shipping goods around the world

can be a huge expense. Last year the industry spent approximately 5-6% of its net

sales on distribution. If a firm can obtain cheaper distribution costs then it will

definitely see a competitive advantage in the industry.

Research and Development

Most commodity industries use little research and development. The

Agribusiness industry is driven by cost leadership. With already low margins, there is

no room to sacrifice earnings. The experience of the industry is that R&D is not an

effective tool to enhance overall profitability. Compared to total sales, the amount

designated to research and development is less than one percent industry-wide.

Tight cost control system

A tight cost control system is way to keep track and monitor costs in a company

or project. Here the goal is to eliminate unnecessary spending to have the largest

profit margin possible. By following all of these key success factors, firms are able to

utilize a tight cost control system. If a firm only concentrates on one or two of these

key success factors they will not have a tight cost control system. However, you do not

Page 41: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

41

want to be so concentrated on cost control that it affects the quality of the finished

product. Obtaining a successful cost control system will add substantial profits for

firms. Tight cost control is a constant battle in the Agribusiness industry. “Significant

increases in the cost of (commodities) could adversely affect the company’s production

costs and operating results.” (Corn Products 10-K)

Firms also need to focus on manufacturing methods that reduce cost.

Economies of scale allows firms to minimize input cost due to the high volumes of

production. If any more steps are being taken than are absolutely necessary the firms

are watching their bottom line get chipped away.

Differentiation

Firms in an industry can also choose to compete in a different level of

competition known as differentiation. In differentiation you focus on: product variety,

customer service, more flexible delivery, product variety, brand image, research and

development, innovation, and product creativity. When a company is focused on

differentiation they believe that it is necessary to spend money to make money. These

ideas do not coincide with the Agribusiness industry because it is a cost leadership

industry. The industry does imply a very small portion of these ideas. These include:

superior product quality, investment in brand image, and investment in research and

development. Although they play a small part, these drivers contribute to a competitive

advantage.

Superior Product Quality

The Agribusiness industry tries to deliver the best quality of food at the best

possible price. They control their product quality by obtaining the highest quality

products from the field. However, since they make their own corn and process their

Page 42: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

42

own fertilizer there is no room to expand the search for quality. Every competitor in the

industry is pleased with the goods they buy. Once they have good corn or minerals,

there is not much more benefit they can realize.

Investment in Brand Image

The best brand image for this industry is the food and fertilizer you distribute.

Packaging is more of a necessity than an area for marketing and gimmicks. The best

way to have a good brand image is to sell high quality products. Investing large

amounts of money into a program like this would not have any beneficial returns.

Investment in Research and Development

In the Agribusiness, Fertilizer, and corn refining industry research and develop

has its place, but it does not compare to say an industry such as information

technology. It is beneficial to search out new opportunities that will add value to the

business the potentially generate income, but an overexposure in this segment of the

market would cost the firms an unrealistic amount of capital. ADM has recently teamed

up with ConocoPhillips to “develop transportation fuels from agriculture, forestry, and

crops grown specifically for energy. This development effort is focused on the

production of bio-crude oil that can be used by conventional petroleum refineries to

produce transportation fuels.” (ADM 10-K) ADM is involved with the project but the

cost is being paid for by ConocoPhillips. Limiting investment in R&D is more cost

efficient for the industry.

Page 43: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

43

Conclusion

As we stated earlier, the Agribusiness, fertilizer, and Corn Products industries and

driven by cost leadership. Each firm must seek out a way to keep costs at a minimum

and sell at huge volumes to recognize a profit. By focusing on cost leadership to create

competitive advantage a firm will seek to be as steam-lined as possible. Waste is a

thief to the industry and firms must constantly seek it out and destroy it in order to

compete in any of these industries. We looked in detail to each of the separate factors

that play a role in cost leadership and determined that opportunity was contained in

each of them. We also looked at the aspects behind differentiation and explained why

a company could not focus on those factors and expect to make it in the industry.

Firm Competitive Advantage Analysis

The commodity based industry of agribusiness creates a highly competitive

environment. Bunge focuses on a cost leadership strategy to realize the highest gains

possible. Now, we will explain how Bunge uses the key success factors to produce a

competitive advantage. Establishing and maintaining a competitive advantage gives

Bunge the opportunity to increase profits and market share within the industry.

Cost Leadership

Every company in this industry is trying to have control in each process in the

production process so they can obtain the highest profits possible. By selling the most

products you gain the most profits. With the volatility of the markets especially the

price of crude oil companies are always fighting each other to be able to sell the

finished product for as cheap as possible. Competitive pricing is the name of the game

and if a company is not able to compete with their prices then it will be impossible to

Page 44: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

44

stay in the industry. The main components that drive cost leadership are: economies of

scale, economies of scope, efficient production, simpler product designs, lower input

costs, low cost distribution, little research and development, little brand advertising, and

a tight control system. We will now take a look at each one of these drivers and see

how it is used to create a competitive advantage.

Risk Factors

By using a cost leadership strategy Bunge Limited primarily focuses on cost

control. This puts a lot of pressure on executing a proper cost control model. Bunge

hedges against energy and commodity prices to protect themselves from unexpected

changes in the market. “We use net investment hedges to mitigate the translation

adjustments arising from re-measuring our investments.” (Bunge 10-K) Cost leadership

depends on volume sales to achieve maximum profitability. This is due to the low

margins and the low switching costs of customers. If Bunge increases its prices, then it

will not be expensive for their customers to go somewhere else for their business. With

these low switching costs in place it can be very difficult to maintain market share.

Bunge can also suffer loss of their market share if they do not implement efficient

production. Bunge has no room for waste in any part of its production. Bunge has

other “risk factors that include: trade barriers, inflation and adverse economic

conditions, changes in laws and regulations, exchange controls, and increased

government ownership.” (Bunge 10-K)

Core Competencies

A firms core competencies dictates their competitive strategy. Bunge states that

their core competencies include an “individual initiative to meet opportunity and deliver

results; contribution to the development of individuals and the social and economic

Page 45: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

45

fabric of our communities; maintain alliance relationships; and honesty and fairness

guide their every action.” (Bunge 10k) Bunge’s core competencies are very much

implemented in the cost leadership strategy. Bunge is the only company out of its

competitors that is registered in Bermuda instead of the U.S. to receive the tax breaks

associated with not being incorporated in America. Bunge also implements drivers from

the economies of scale and scope to develop their core competencies. Other key

success factors that engrain core competencies include input costs and distribution

costs. We will explain each in greater detail.

Economies of Scale

Economies of Scale are arguably one of the most important factors of the cost

leadership strategy. With a commodity based industry, competition is primarily based

on price. One of the ways to lower price is through economies of scale. The industry

itself uses economies of scale to drive down long run costs. Bunge is committed to

enlarging economies scale. For example, In 2008, Gross profit increased 44% as a

result of stronger margins across most of our agribusiness portfolio. This was due to

the 3% increase in volumes.” (Bunge 10-K) This demonstrates how crucial economies

of scale is for Bunge. A 3% addition in volume contributed an extra return of 44% to

gross profits. Bunge takes advantage of economies of scale in hopes of more

aggressive growth for the company.

Economies of Scope

Bunge is in a great position to expand with low switching cost. We stated

previously that Bunge gets the most out it oil seed refinery by separating the inedible

oils apart from the others and selling for different uses. This makes a profit off of what

would be considered waste for some of the other companies in the industry. With their

Page 46: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

46

farm land in Brazil, Bunge is able to adjust to the demand of their products. In 2007,

Bunge expanded their business to the sugar cane industry to expand on alternative

fuels. This will allow the company to switch their production costs a small bit and try to

expand in a different field. Bunge is in a great position to meet the demand of new

opportunities at a low switching cost to help expand their market cap. Expanding the

market cap will help Bunge exceed some of their top competitors such as ADM.

Efficient Production

Efficient use of the asset is very important for a competitive advantage. Bunge is

very selective with their land and the multiple uses they have for them. As stated

earlier, Bunge will produce edible oils but what is not used can be used to help produce

fertilizer and animal feed. Being efficient allows Bunge to expand their market cap

without incurring additional expenses in their operations.

Input Costs

Input costs have helped Bunge to gain market share from suppliers. By offering

private financing to farms, Bunge has been able control supply and manage raw

materials. Controlling raw materials allows Bunge to meet the demand in a low cost and

efficient way. Bunge is exposed to the risk of fluctuating commodity prices; being able

to adjust production in relation to the change in demand offers a competitive

advantage. Corn prices have increased since 2007 due to the new demand for ethanol,

as an alternative fuel. Bunge is able to obtain their corn for a cheaper price because

they finance the farms that grow it for them. This allows Bunge to keep input costs

low, which is very important because you cannot pass the extra expense of

commodities to the customer. They will just buy their products from another producer.

The agribusiness is very price competitive because there are many substitute products

Page 47: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

47

consumers can switch to, so Bunge has to provide dependable products at a low price

in order to continue to gain in market capitalization.

Distribution Costs

With there being such low profit margins in the agribusiness industry,

distribution costs are a major factor in improving profit margins. Bunge hedges against

energy prices to cover the volatility involved with shipping goods across the world.

Without hedging, the company would be much more vulnerable to changes in oil prices.

With Bunge having a global manufacturing presence it helps to lower the distribution

cost significantly. Bunge is able to lower costs by shipping out agricultural commodities

on the same ocean vessels that they have their own fertilizer brought in by. Another

way Bunge is able to lower their distribution cost is by having their own mines in Brazil

which lowers their importation of raw materials. “To better serve our customer base

and improve our distribution and logistics capabilities, we have made and will continue

to make selective investments in port logistics and storage facilities.” (Bunge 10-K)

Research and Development

Research and development costs help Bunge expand competitively by helping to

improve on crop production. The expense is to help with the production from raw

materials that will benefit all divisions. Bunge is not a differentiation industry that

specializes in anything; however they do focus on enhancing their products so that they

will be dependable. If the research and development succeeds, Bunge will be able to

expand their market cap and use their resources more efficiently in the future.

Page 48: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

48

Differentiation

The amount of differentiated products and services that Bunge incorporates into

their business strategy is very small but unique. For example, Bunge is one of the

market leaders in packaged vegetable oils worldwide. They have become very

successful in Brazil because of brand image. The brand Bunge Pro is the top

foodservice shortening brand in Brazil. In the United States, Bunge’s Elite brand is one

of the leading foodservice brands of edible oil products. In addition, to address

customer demand in the United States, we have broadened our portfolio of edible oil

products which contain no or low levels of trans-fatty acids, to include NutraClear low

linolenic soybean oil, as well as palm oil and palm oil blends, and other solutions.

(Bunge10-K) Bunge has differentiated their products and offered more brands in more

countries which ultimately provides them with a competitive advantage in the industry.

Research and Development

Bunge focuses their research and development activities on developing products

and optimizing techniques that will drive growth and otherwise add value to their core

business lines. To develop and enhance technology and processes associated with food

product development Bunge has several research and development centers located in

the United States, Brazil, and Hungary. With such a strong global presence Bunge is

able to engage in the different cultures of the world and make unique products. Bunge’s

total research and development expenses were less than one percent of total sales the

past five years. As of December 31, their research and development organization

consisted of approximately 133 employees worldwide. (Bunge10-K)

Bunge owns trademarks on several of the brands they produce and has patents

covering some of their products and manufacturing processes in their fertilizer divisions.

Bunge typically obtains long-term licenses for the remainder. “We believe we have

Page 49: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

49

taken appropriate steps to be the owner of or to be entitled to use all intellectual

property rights necessary to carry out our business.” (Bunge 10-K)

Flexibility of Delivery

Bunge has a competitive advantage in the agribusiness industry because of very

flexible modes of transporting their products, including trucks, railcars, river barges, and

ocean vessels, which they generally lease, and transportation services provided by truck

lines, railroads and barge and ocean freight companies. “Bunge has several storage

facilities all over the globe which helps to better serve their customer base and

improves the distribution and logistics capabilities of the firm.” (Bunge10-K) Having

these necessary facilities increases the promptness of delivery and the customer’s

dependability of the firm. Having such strong capabilities of delivery gives Bunge a

competitive advantage in the industry.

Conclusion

In a cost leadership strategy competitive pricing is the name of the game and

the company that has the lowest price will ultimately have the competitive advantage.

Bunge is able to maximize its economies of scale by growing and mining most of their

goods. Through efficient production of goods and services and low input costs, Bunge

is able to make a profit even though the margin is so low. Research and development

plays a small but beneficial role. By hedging, Bunge reduces its risk and protects

themselves from sudden jumps in input prices. These business activities give Bunge

their niche in the market.

 

Page 50: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

50

 

FORMAL ACCOUNTING ANALYSIS

Accounting analysis is essential and should be considered by analysts when

attempting to value a firm. By analyzing a firm’s accounting structure, we can better

understand how firms show the effects of their business activities. “The purpose of

accounting analysis is to evaluate the degree to which a firm’s accounting captures the

underlying business reality.” (Palepu & Healy) Firms must adhere to Generally

Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) that was established by the Financial Accounting

Standards Board (FASB). These principles are strictly enforced by the Securities and

Exchange Commission (SEC) and supported by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which

requires firms to be audited by third parties. GAAP gives managers the responsibility of

reporting estimates and numbers representing their firm’s financial conditions.

However, under GAAP managers have flexibility in how they estimate and report those

accounting numbers.

Potential investors should be aware that managers have incentives to report

distorted information. In many instances, managers have overstated net income to

present stakeholders a more favorable depiction of their firm’s financial health. Other

cases have included attempts to reduce earnings to alleviate tax expense. Under GAAP

regulations, companies have successfully distorted their accounting information in order

to appear more profitable. Users of financial statements need to understand that

deception is prevalent in corporate accounting due to the flexibility GAAP allows.

However, by performing an accounting analysis we will be able to identify a particular

firm’s key success factors and whether or not the company has distorted its accounting

data.

Six steps must be performed in order to accurately complete an accounting

analysis. Each step builds on the previous one and will eventually leave analysts with

the decision of whether a restatement of financial statements is necessary. Restating

financial statements is only needed if it is clear that managers have manipulated their

Page 51: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

51

accounting numbers to portray a better financial position. By following these steps,

potential investors are able to see distorted information and uncover the true financial

position of a firm. The six accounting analysis steps are as follows:

1. Identify Key Accounting Policies

2. Assess Degree of Potential Accounting Flexibility

3. Evaluate Actual Accounting Strategy

4. Evaluate the Quality of Disclosure

5. Identify Potential “Red Flags”

6. Undo Accounting Distortions

Identify Key Accounting Policies

By using the key success factors we identified earlier, we can view key

accounting policies that drive value in the industry. Bunge strives to create a

competitive advantage by using key success factors that include economies of scale,

low input cost, and low distribution cost. Subsequently, these successful aspects have

resulted in tight cost control. There are two types of key accounting policies that will

be taken into consideration. Type one policies include disclosure of economies of scale,

low cost distribution, and low input cost. The second type of key accounting policies

relate to goodwill, hedging activity, pension plans and other postretirement benefits,

and disclosure of operating versus capital leases. By looking at each accounting policy

individually, it is possible to define industry standards and see how firms report their

value creating activities.

Type One Key Accounting Policies

The agricultural business and fertilizer industries are both classified as cost

leadership industries. Since all firms in the industries sell commodity products, firms

must make profits by selling high volumes while maintaining low production costs. By

Page 52: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

52

examining gross profit, it is possible to see how firms are able to keep costs low in

order to maximize profits.

The graph above illustrates the gross profits each firm in the industry reported

over the past five years. It is evident that Archer Daniels Midland and Bunge are

maximizing gross profit. Corn Products and CHS Inc. are smaller firms and do not

compete in as many business sectors as ADM and Bunge. Therefore, their gross profits

are substantially lower than the larger companies. Bunge’s gross profit has steeply

increased since 2006 and is currently bringing in more revenue than Archer Daniels

Midland. This is notable because Archer Daniels has a much larger market share

compared to Bunge. Archer Daniels’ net sales are on average thirty-five percent

greater than Bunge’s. (Bunge & ADM 10-K’s) This means that Bunge is making higher

profits on less sales. We believe that this is a great advantage for Bunge. The graph

also indicates that larger firms are able to achieve economies of scale.

Another type one key accounting policy is disclosure of low cost distribution.

Unfortunately, it is not required for companies to disclose how much money they spend

on transporting their products. It is only possible to judge whether or not firms are

driving value by keeping distrubution cost low if managers have chose to disclose such

$‐$500.00 

$1,000.00 $1,500.00 $2,000.00 $2,500.00 $3,000.00 $3,500.00 $4,000.00 $4,500.00 $5,000.00 

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

Millions

Gross Profit

Bunge

Archer Daniels Midland

Corn Products

CHS Inc.

Page 53: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

53

information. Bunge has stated they minimize costs in their fertilizer segment by

producing fertilizer close to customers in Brazil. The amount of discussion that is

provided for investors is minimal and can be deemed unsatisfactory. Archer Daniels

Midland and Bunge both revealed that their firms use a variety of transportation

methods to move products more effieceintly.(Bunge & ADM 10-K)

Type Two Key Accounting Policies

Type two key accounting policies include goodwill, hedging, pension and

postretirement plans, and operating vs. capital leases. Depending on the way managers

choose to state these policies, they can cause dramatic effects on the financial

statements of a firm. Manager’s do not always report the numbers that accurately

reflect the firms true performance. Bonuses and appeasing shareholders to maintain

job security can distort the choices made on reflecting the company’s performance on

paper. This is why it is neccessarry for us to examine each aspect and expose any “red

flags”. From there, if we find that the numbers are significantly affected we will restate

the financials. This allows us to analyze the true performance of the firm.

Goodwill

Goodwill is created when one company buys another. Goodwill is defined as the

difference between the acquisition price of the company and the fair value of a firm’s

assets. Goodwill is an intangible asset and can is reported on the balance sheet. When

estimating goodwill, managers must follow No. 142 of the Statements of Financial

Accounting Standards (www.fasb.org). This clause states that “managers must test

goodwill for impairment on a yearly basis. If an impairment has incurred, goodwill must

be written down and expensed in the current period.” An impairment occurs when the

book value of an asset exceeds the fair value.

The following graphs show how much goodwill each firm reported over the past

five years as well as the amount of goodwill reported as a percentage of total long term

assets.

Page 54: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

54

Goodwill 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

Bunge $167,000,000 $176,000,000 $236,000,000 $354,000,000 $366,000,000

ADM $337,474,000 $325,167,000 $322,292,000 $317,000,000 $506,000,000

Corn Products $353,000,000 $359,000,000 $381,000,000 $426,000,000 $374,000,000

CHS Inc. $26,896,000 $3,291,000 $3,904,000 $3,804,000 $3,804,000

These graphs show that goodwill is significant in the industry. Since companies

frequently aquire other firms, goodwill is expected to be high. After examining goodwill

as a percentage of long-term assets, the percentage that Corn Products posts is

alarming. We will define any percentage that exceeds ten percent as evidence that the

firm is overstating assets. Overstating goodwill will also understate expenses, which

leads to overstating owners equity. This is shown in the figure below.

Assets = Liabilities + Owners Equity (Revenues – Expenses = Net Income)

O NE O NE U O

Goodwill as a Percent of LT Assets 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

Bunge 3.9% 3.6% 4.0% 4.7% 5.0%

ADM 3.7% 3.7% 3.4% 3.2% 4.4%

Corn Products 20.7% 21.1% 20.9% 21.2% 19.1%

CHS Inc. 1.3% 0.2% 0.2% 0.1% 0.1%

Page 55: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

55

Hedging

In any multinational or commodity industry, it is important for companies to

hedge. Hedging is defined as “making an investment to reduce the risk of adverse price

movements in an asset.” (Investopedia.com) Hedging is a key accounting policy for the

industry because it is crucial in order to sustain profitability. Firms are exposed to

several risk factors and hedging can reduce the risk the companies must bear. Bunge

states that they hedge by using derivatives and other financial instruments. These

financial instruments would generally be futures contracts. Futures give the right to

firms to buy or sell a specific amount of something at a specific price, in a stated period

of time. Companies also enter into option contracts, which are similar to futures except

they do not guarantee the contract. Under the option contract firms may only have the

ability to buy or sell at a specific price. Derivatives are defined as “a security whose

price is dependent upon or derived from one or more underlying assets.”

(Investopedia.com) “Anticipating market developments and engaging in the hedging of

risk exposure is critical to protect and maximize our return on assets.” (Bunge 10-K)

Firms must hedge against energy costs, commodity prices, foreign currency and interest

rates.

Pension and Postretirement Benefit Plans

In order to attract employees companies offer pension and other post-retirement

benefit plans. Pension and post-retirement benefit plans are what a company has

promised to pay employees after they end working for a firm. These plans are reported

as liabilities on the balance sheet. Firms also report the amount of assets they set aside

in order to pay for future benefits. There is a wide range of flexibility given to

managers in reporting pension and other post-retirement plans.

Because the firm is valuing a future obligation, they choose a discount rate in

order to state the present value of the liability. The higher the discount rate a manager

uses to estimate the liability, the lower the present value will be. Managers also choose

the rate at which they believe the assets set aside to pay future obligations will grow.

Page 56: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

56

The higher the growth rate reported by firms, the greater the present value of the

stated assets.

Pension benefits and other plans can be a major expense to a firm. Due to the

fact that firms in the industry compete on cost leadership, managers will have

incentives to lower their estimates. Later, we will examine the discount and growth

rates each firm reported over the past five years.

Capital vs. Operating Leases

Firms can choose to lease equipment instead of actually buying the asset.

Companies lease assets from other companies to help create value. There are two

types of leases: capital and operating. A capital lease is found on the balance sheet

both as an asset and liability for future payment. The leases are recorded at the present

value of future payments. Capital leases are depreciated over the life of the lease.

Operating leases on the other hand are “off balance sheet” assets. Operating leases

are not recorded as an asset or liability on the financial statements. Instead, these

leases are disclosed in the notes of the financial statements. “Bunge routinely leases

storage facilities, transportation equipment and office facilities under operating leases.”

(Bunge 10-k) Payments for operating leases are expensed in the current period over

the life of the lease. A trend in the agricultural business industry is to use operating

leases. By doing this firms can lower the liabilities reported on their balance sheets.

Degree of Potential Accounting Flexibility

When performing an accounting analysis on a firm or industry, it is important to

understand the amount of flexibility managers have when reporting consequences of

business activities. Managers should use flexibility in order to show a true indication of

their firm’s financial position. However, managers can also use flexibility in order to

distort financial reports. When managers use flexibility to distort financial statements,

potential investors are not able to see the actual value of the firm. In this section we

Page 57: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

57

will examine the amount of flexibility managers’ have in relation to the key accounting

policies.

Goodwill

Goodwill occurs when one company buys another. The difference between the

acquisition price and the fair value of a firm’s assets is defined as goodwill. Goodwill is

an intangible asset found on the balance sheet. As we stated earlier managers must

follow No. 142 of SFAS that explains how managers must test goodwill for impairment

on a yearly basis (www.fasb.org). If an impairment has incurred, goodwill must be

written off and expensed in the current period. An impairment occurs when the book

value of an asset exceeds the fair value. Though managers are required to test

goodwill for impairment on an annual basis, they still have to estimate fair value. Fair

value is a totally arbitrary number so it is impossible to regulate the amount of goodwill

that should be recognized each year. This makes goodwill an area of high flexibility for

managers.

Generally, when goodwill is greater than ten percent of total long term assets,

goodwill should be written down through impairments. If goodwill does exceed ten

percent of total long term assets, then a firm is overstating its assets and owners

equity. Firms can appear to be stronger by not impairing goodwill in order to keep their

total assets and owner’s equity large.

Hedging

When accounting for derivatives and other hedging instruments, managers have

little to no flexibility. SFAS states that firms must, “recognize all derivatives as either

assets or liabilities and measure those instruments at fair value.” (www.fasb.org) Firms

report derivatives and other financial instruments at quoted market prices, mark to

market. This leaves no room for companies to try to over or understate the value of

Page 58: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

58

these items. SFAS provision 161 further mandates how firms disclose financial

instruments. As ADM states, “SFAS 161 requires an entity with derivatives to disclose

how and why it uses derivative instruments; how derivative instruments and related

hedged items are accounted for under SFAS 133; and how derivative instruments and

related hedged items affect the entity’s financial position, financial performance, and

cash flows.”(ADM 10-K) Firms are currently not required to meet the standards of SFAS

161, but the provision will become mandatory in 2009.

Pension and Postretirement Plans

Managers have an enormous amount of flexibility when it comes to pension

plans and postretirement benefits. Estimates are used in order to discount the future

liability of the firm to pay their former employees. The larger discount rate used to

discount future liabilities, the smaller current liability reported on the balance sheet.

Managers must also estimate the return on assets they have set aside to pay for these

future liabilities. Again, if the firm uses a larger estimate on return on assets, then they

can overstate the return they expect to receive from their planned assets set aside to

cover future payouts to their employees. By simply raising the discount rate used to

calculate future liabilities, managers can understate their firm’s liabilities by millions of

dollars. Planned assets set aside to pay future obligations can also easily be

manipulated by overstating the projected growth rate of the assets.

The actual future amount of money firms will have to pay in pension and other

post-retirement plans is uncertain. The flexibility in defining future obligations is an

important area to pay attention to. When comparing industry trends it is easier to

identify if one or more firms is manipulating their estimates in order to falsely represent

a stronger firm.

Page 59: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

59

Capital vs. Operating Leases

Firms have a great deal of flexibility when disclosing leases. They can either use

operating or capital leases. By using an operating lease instead of a capital lease, firms

can lower liabilities and assets. This can give a distorted view of the firm for investors.

Capital leases are depreciated over the life of the lease; however operating leases are

expensed under operating expense. By choosing to use operating leases, firms will

report higher levels of expense. This leads to lower levels of reported net income. The

flexibility in leases gives the managers the option of lowering liabilities and assets, at

the cost of reporting lower net income. By changing a capital lease to an operating

lease, firms will report lower net income. This amount will exceed the total of

depreciation and interest expense of a capital lease. Recognizing whether or not

managers are using leases in a way to distort financial statements will be further

analyzed in the following section.

Evaluate Accounting Strategy

To truly understand a firm’s accounting strategy it must be compared to its rivals

in the industry, and compare the level of information disclosed in the management’s

discussion. This makes it possible to see if the firm is following the industry norms and

recognize any unusual trends over time. Managers can use the flexibility of accounting

“to either communicate their firm’s economic situation or to hide true performance”

(Palepu & Healy). Quarterly bonuses and maximizing profit both provide managers with

the incentive to distort the financials; by analyzing the performance over a five-year

period allows us to paint an accurate picture of the firm’s overall health. There are two

main topics to assess a firm’s actual accounting strategy that we will concentrate on.

The first area of concentration will focus on how transparent the firm’s financial

statements are and what level of disclosure they present to investors. In a high-

disclosure company the management explains in great detail the events and policies

Page 60: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

60

that have impacted the firm significantly over the past year. Details involving: goodwill,

hedging, operating leases, and pension and postretirement plans all impact the firm but

are not required to be stated in the financials. It is left to the discretion of the

management team to decide whether or not these details are mentioned. Choosing not

to explain the activities would classify the company as a low-disclosure firm. These

low-disclosure firms only provide the minimum requirements to satisfy GAAP.

The second area of focus is to determine how aggressive or conservative the

firm is with their accounting policies. Aggressive accounting leads to inflated net

incomes and understated liabilities. Managers use aggressive accounting to take

advantage of incentives such as quarterly bonuses to enhance their personal well-being.

It also can lead to an inflated share price. Conservative accounting can lead to

understating earnings, but can also benefit a firm by minimizing tax expense. Both

strategies have their own advantages and disadvantages and it is entirely up to the

individual firm to decide which is most beneficial.

Goodwill

How companies record goodwill is an important factor to evaluate when

examining accounting strategy. Goodwill is found on the balance sheet listed as an

intangible asset. To discover the accounting strategy of a firm regarding goodwill, it is

important to look at how much the firm impairs goodwill over a five year basis. The

following graph represents Bunge’s reported goodwill and the amount of impairment

the company stated for the year.

GOODWILL‐BUNGE 

   2004  2005  2006  2007  2008 

Goodwill  $167,000,000.00  $176,000,000.00 $236,000,000.00 $354,000,000.00  $366,000,000.00

Impairment  $0.00  $0.00 $0.00 $13,000,000.00  $0.00

Page 61: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

61

Goodwill increase when firms acquire new companies. Impairments should normally

happen often. If impairments are rare, it can be a sign that a company is trying to

overstate their assets. The single impairment of 13 million dollars in 2007 is a sign that

Bunge is very aggressive when accounting for goodwill. Bunge does give segment

discloser. This helps investor get a true sense of the firm. Bunge also discloses how

much goodwill was acquired in each segment. It is a generally accepted rule that you

will need to restate financial if goodwill divided by long-term assets gives you

percentage greater than 10. Bunge has never been close to this threshold so no “red

flags” are found in their goodwill.

Hedging

As stated before, firms have minimal flexibility when disclosing hedging activity.

Financial instruments are disclosed as either and asset or liability in the balance sheet.

Any gains or losses are recognized in comprehensive income. Hedging instruments are

measured at fair market values. With the addition of SFAS 161, in 2009, disclosure on

hedging will become more expanded. Since hedging has a low standard of flexibility, it

is not possible to asses if Bunge is aggressive of conservative.

Pension and Postretirement Plans

When evaluating a firm’s accounting strategy involving pension and other post

retirement plans, it is important to look two aspects of their discloser. First, we will

examine the discount rate the firm uses to calculate the present value of future

obligations. The higher the discount rate used by the firm, the lower future liability

they are reporting. By examining the discount rates used by the industry, it is possible

to see if Bunge is being aggressive or conservative. The second step is to look at the

growth rate each firm discloses. The growth rate relates to what the firm predicts the

assets set aside to pay future obligations will increase year to year. The following graph

shows discount rates report by each firm. All information was taken for each firm’s 10-

K.

Page 62: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

62

DISCOUNT RATES  2004  2005  2006  2007  2008 

Bunge  6  8.05  7.9  7.85  7.85 

ADM  5.6  5.4  5.5  5.5  5.6 

Corn Products  6  5.5  5.33  5.85  6.47 

CHS Inc.  6.4  5.25  6.05  6.25  6.25 

Based on the previous table, it is evident that Bunge is being very aggressive by

using high discount rates. Another important fact disclosed in Bunge’s 10-K is there use

of different discount rates for U.S. and foreign employees. The discount rate shown in

the table above is an average of these two rates. In past years Bunge has used

discount rates for foreign employees far exceeding the rate used for U.S. employees. As

an example, in 2007 Bunge used the rate of 6.0% for the U.S., and a rate of 9.7% for

foreign employees. Bunge never discloses why there is such a drastic difference in

rates used. The following table shows the growth rates stated on each firms 10-K.

GROWTH RATES   2004  2005  2006  2007  2008

Bunge  8  8.3  8.3  8  8 

ADM  7.4  7.3  7.2  7.2  7.6 

Corn Products  7.5  7.25  7.13  7.23  7.25 

CHS Inc.   9  9  4.5  4.5  4.5 

Page 63: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

63

Bunge is also being aggressive regarding growth rates. The higher growth rate a firm

uses, the more they are estimating they have to cover future obligations. Bunge uses a

growth rate far exceeding the industry norm.

Discount rates used to calculate other post retirement plans is also aggressive

compared to the industry. Discount rates used by firms for other postretirement plans

are shown below. All information was taken from firms 10-K’s.

Bunge did not have other post retirement plans until 2005. Also, Corn Products

has never had any other post retirement plans for employees.

Operating Leases

As previously mentioned, firms can use operating or capital leases. Operating

leases are “off-balance sheet” transactions which show up as operating expenses on the

income statement. Capital leases are found on the balance sheet under assets and

liabilities. By using strictly operating leases, it might be evident that a firm is

understating liabilities and assets. Bunge is a firm that only uses operating leases. To

test if this is aggressive, we will compare the present value of future operating lease

obligations. Bunge states that the maximum future payment for operating leases will

be 36 million dollars. By using Bunge’s pension plan discount rate to find the present

value of operating lease, we can compare the present value to long term debt. The

average discount rate Bunge states for U.S. and foreign pension plans is 7.85%. Bunge

Disc. Rate‐Other Benefits  2004 2005 2006  2007 2008

Bunge  N/A  8.65  8.05  7.95  7.95 

ADM  5.8  5.8  6  6  6 

Corn Products  N/A  N/A  N/A  N/A  N/A 

CHS Inc.  6.4  5.25  6.05  6.25  6.25 

Page 64: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

64

also states that their operating lease expire in 2010. Because of this, we will divide the

future obligation of operating lease into two years and discount them back to present

value.

Present Value = [(18/ (1.0785)) + (18/ (1.07852)]

Present Value = 32.18 million (rounded up)

Now, we will compare this number to long term debt. If the ratio exceeds 10%,

then we believe that Bunge is clearly being aggressive in the using operating leases.

Based on the present value of future operating lease expenses, Bunge is clearly

not using operating leases inappropriately. Bunge is conservative when evaluating

operating leases.

Qualitative Disclosure

It is important for analysts to evaluate the quality of disclosure when performing

firm valuations. Because managers disclose the consequences of a firm’s economic

activities, it is essential to determine the degree of relevant accounting information that

has been made available. Although GAAP has established a minimum level of

accounting disclosure that must be met, managers have the ability to report only as

much as they are required to. When more information is available to analysts, it

increases accuracy and produces a better estimate of true performance. Overall the

extent of disclosure that Bunge presents is good and the financial statements measure

a fair level of transparency.

Present Value of Operating Leases  32.18 million

Long Term Debt  3435 million

Percentage (%)  0.9%

Page 65: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

65

Goodwill

Many firms report goodwill as a significant portion of their long-term assets.

Therefore, it is important for companies to provide stakeholders sufficient information

on their goodwill and the way in which it is increased and impaired. Bunge discloses

ample data on its goodwill for several different accounting periods in every annual

report. The firm provides users with a breakdown of the manner in which goodwill is

obtained, impaired and impacted by tax benefits. Annual impairment tests are explained

in detail as being performed in the fourth quarters of each fiscal year. Because of the

range of business sectors that Bunge competes in, goodwill is further explained for each

segment. The firm presents its goodwill information clearly to the point where it is easy

for stakeholders to identify the goodwill allocated to each business segment, as well as

the total goodwill acquired and impaired for the year.

Hedging

As mentioned before, Bunge and its competitors must hedge against energy

cost, commodity prices, foreign currency and interest rates. Reducing risk through

hedging is crucial in the multinational industry. Bunge discloses information on all of

their different hedging activities. For example, Bunge shows the fair and market risk

for their highest long and short position in future contracts purchased and sold to

hedge against fluctuations in commodity prices. Bunge also details how they have high

exposure to foreign currency. Bunge specifically has a high exposure to the Brazilian

Reais. Overall, Bunge has high disclosure of their hedging activity. This is also true for

other firms in the industry. Without relatively high disclosure of hedging activities,

investors would not want to invest in a firm that competes in a global market place.

Page 66: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

66

Pension Plans & Post-Retirement Compensation

Analysts should evaluate the level of disclosure pertaining to pension and

retirement plans offered to employees. It is important to understand the process of

such plans and the forecasts set forth in the 10-K that are expected to fulfill their

obligations. Discount rates should be analyzed as well in order to determine whether or

not they are sufficient to produce enough future cash flows to cover pension and

retirement plan payments. Another area to consider is if the firm discloses what type of

assets comprises their planned assets. Bunge discloses what percentages of their

planned assets are invested in equities, fixed income securities, cash, real estate, and

others. Though Bunge does disclose this information, further detail does not exist. It

would be helpful for investors to be given specifics on planned assets. For example,

how many credit deposits exist in their percentage of fixed income securities?

Operating Leases

The amount of disclosure given by Bunge in regard to operating leases is

adequate. Given the small size of operating leases compared to long-term debt, this is

not surprising. The industry as a whole leases very few assets. Bunge states the

maximum potential future payment on operating leases of 36 million dollars. They also

state that current operating lease contracts end in the year 2010. Disclosure of

operating leases is only mentioned in one section of Bunge’s financial statements.

Again, this is on par with the industry as a whole.

Quantitative Accounting Measures and Disclosure

Quantitative accounting measures become important when breaking down a

company’s financial statements. While numbers reported on consolidated statements

may convey to stakeholders that the financial state of a firm is solid, quantitative data

can surface distorted information. By analyzing these measures, analysts are able to

Page 67: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

67

learn the underlying financial condition of a firm. Furthermore, quantitative figures are

helpful when determining the value of a specific company. Due to the semi-flexible

accounting standards still allowed under GAAP, managers sometimes manipulate

numbers on their reports to stakeholders in order to portray a healthier financial

condition. However, quantitative ratios assist external users of financial statements in

determining actual performance.

Two quantitative measures will be performed to determine whether or not a firm

has accurately and efficiently disclosed its financial information. These ratios will assess

current accounting circumstances for the agricultural business industry and its

participating firms. Sales manipulation diagnostics evaluate companies by measuring

several business activities against net sales. This is done by dividing net sales by net

accounts receivables, inventories and cash from sales. From these ratios a stakeholder

can determine if income claimed by a firm is inaccurately reported to benefit the

company. In the case for revenue diagnostics, an analyst can determine if

manipulation is present when increases or decreases in different measures are

outpacing net sales. Expense manipulation diagnostics examine firms by taking different

ratios of reported expenses into consideration. The results of these ratios will inform

external users of any under-or-overstatements that exist to increase the profitability

and value of the firm. Both of these quantitative measures provide analysts a realistic

depiction of a company’s financial picture. Additionally, the sales and expense

manipulation diagnostics will be helpful in discovering certain trends in the industry and

spotting potential “red flags” for our firm.

Sales Manipulation Diagnostics

The sales manipulation diagnostics detect any manipulated adjustments that

affect the quality of revenues. The forthcoming ratios will present the accounts

receivables, inventories and cash from sales that each firm in the industry claimed

relative to its annual net sales. By investigating these ratios over a five year period, an

analyst will be able to identify trends in the industry. Subsequently, we will become

Page 68: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

68

aware of potential “red flags” of companies in the industry and the factors that

attributed to them.

Net Sales/Accounts Receivable

This diagnostic is measured by dividing net sales by the firm’s accounts

receivable. When a sale on credit is made, accounts receivable is debited and revenue

is credited. This sale increases revenues on the income statement. The correlation of

these two figures should be positive, thus indicating that any changes in net sales from

period to period should produce a corresponding increase or decrease in accounts

receivable. This correlation can be explained by the fact that any sale on accounts

receivable increases both the A/R and revenue accounts. On most income statements,

revenues are recognized by a line item called total net sales. Decreases or increases

should therefore be positively correlated and produce a relatively stable outcome over a

given period of time. In the event that the two numbers move opposite from each

other, a lower ratio will result. A low ratio implies that a company is heavily dependent

upon their accounts receivable and does not rely as much on cash from sales as a

significant source of revenue. Analysts should be aware of increasingly growing ratios

as this could mean that firms are understating accounts receivable (thus overstating

cash sales) or overstating its net sales. Firms may be inclined to manipulate these items

in order to present more favorable net incomes and cash flows from operations.

Page 69: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

69

This graph shows that Bunge has seen a gradual increase in its ratio since 2006.

This suggests that accounts receivable has represented a lower portion of Bunge’s net

sales compared to the industry in recent years. When taking the industry as a whole

into account, most of Bunge’s competitors saw decreases in their accounts receivable

turnovers over the five year period. Archer Daniels Midland and Corn Products saw their

accounts receivables rise significantly over the years, thus increasing their dependencies

on A/R to generate revenue. CHS Inc. has seen varying increases and decreases in its

accounts receivables and produced slightly volatile results. The firm is considerably

smaller than the rest of the industry. CHS Inc. has therefore consistently generated

outcomes that are not consistent with the industry. Bunge’s ratios do not suggest any

“red flags” at the current time because the increase in net sales the firm has seen over

the past two years is modest. Since the industry trend displays a declining A/R

turnover, analysts should continue to monitor Bunge. A constant increase in A/R

turnover over longer periods of time may suggest that Bunge is overstating its net sales

to increase net income or understating accounts receivable.

5.0

7.0

9.0

11.0

13.0

15.0

17.0

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

Net Sales/Accounts Receivable (Raw)

Bunge

Archer Daniels Midland

Corn Products

CHS Inc.

Page 70: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

70

The change in net sales over the change in accounts receivable is a

supplementary ratio that aids us in understanding financial statements. Change ratios

are determined from the change in one aspect of a firm’s financials over the course of a

fiscal year to the change in another. The change ratio is based on a first derivative basis

that identifies rates of change. Values greater than zero indicate firms are experiencing

positive change. As evidenced from the graph above, all firms in the industry have

maintained a steady degree of change in the past five years with the exception of CHS

Inc. It is clear that the rapid decline CHS Inc. experienced in the first two years, as well

as the extreme rise and fall that occurred from 2005-2007 are questionable and

definitely potential “red flags”. The distinct pattern CHS Inc. follows can most likely be

attributed to the fact that the firm is smaller than the other companies in the industry

and does not compete in as many sectors as its competition. The remaining three firms

in the industry did not witness a disturbing trend in their change ratios for sales to

receivables. Aside from CHS Inc., all companies in the industry had a positive

correlation for the majority of the five year period. We can therefore conclude that

Bunge, along with Archer Daniels Midland and Corn Products, sustained relatively

healthy rates of change over the past five years and did not generate severe outcomes

that would indicate any potential “red flags”.

‐150.0

‐130.0

‐110.0

‐90.0

‐70.0

‐50.0

‐30.0

‐10.0

10.0

30.0

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

Net Sales/Accounts Receivable (Change)

Bunge

Archer Daniels Midland

Corn Products

CHS Inc.

Page 71: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

71

Net Sales/Inventories

Inventory turnover is calculated by dividing net sales by a firm’s total inventory.

As explained earlier, these two measures are also positively correlated. As net sales

increases, so should inventory. Therefore, a 10% increase in sales should produce a

correlating 10% rise in inventories.

The graph above illustrates the amount of net sales reported annually divided by

the levels of inventories each firm in the industry possessed in each year. Over the five

year period, CHS Inc. sustained a higher ratio than the three other firms that currently

compete in the industry. The graph suggests that over the duration of the analysis

Bunge, Archer Daniels Midland and Corn Products achieved ratios that were on par with

each other and exhibited minimal range. Bunge’s sales over inventory declined from

2004-2007; the ratio plummeted from 9.57 to 6.39 in three years. The majority of the

firms in the industry experienced a reduction in their inventory efficiency since 2004.

CHS Inc. again displayed a somewhat volatile change throughout the five year period.

Although the range is relatively trivial, this could be a potential “red flag” for

stakeholders. Bunge and its two other competitors did not exhibit abnormal increases or

decreases in their raw ratios that would suggest a further investigation.

6.0

8.0

10.0

12.0

14.0

16.0

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

Net Sales/Inventory (Raw)

Bunge

Archer Daniels Midland

Corn Products

CHS Inc.

Page 72: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

72

The change ratio evaluation provides additional information about the fluctuation

of business activity from period to period. The graph supports the “red flag” claim

previously discussed with regards to CHS Inc. The firm displayed an unsuccessful

attempt to minimize inventory levels in 2003, but has since steadily recovered. The

changes experienced by CHS Inc. are extremely volatile and suggests that the firm has

witnessed a tradeoff between successful and inefficient inventory control. Corn

Products and Archer Daniels Midland both faired favorably over the past five years.

Their changes in sales and inventories were moderate and did not produce severe

results. From 2004-2005, Corn Products witnessed no change in its ratio because its

inventory remained the same. Bunge saw its change ratio decrease by 19.6 in 2005,

but has since enjoyed a positive change in its ability to sell inventory. Going negative is

a bad sign for investors. When a change ratio falls below zero, it indicates that the two

variables in the ratio are negatively correlated. With the exception of CHS Inc., the

majority of the industry witnessed drops in changes of NS/Inventory in 2004. The

industry has since then seen increases in their ratios. Therefore, due to the congruency

of the industry, we have concluded that there are no “red flags” for any firms.

‐25.0‐20.0‐15.0‐10.0‐5.00.05.010.015.020.025.0

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

Net Sales/Inventory (Change)

Bunge

Archer Daniels Midland

Corn Products

CHS Inc.

Page 73: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

73

Net Sales/Cash from Sales

This ratio measures the amount of net sales a firm claimed to the total amount

of sales that were paid with cash. The intention of this ratio is to show analysts the

degree of dependency firms have on their cash sales. The optimal outcome of the sales

to cash sales ratio is 1:1. If the ratio is above one the firm is recognizing too little cash

from sales, and if it generates a number less than one this indicates a company is

heavily dependent on cash sales. A ratio that deviates far from one can indicate a

potential “red flag” for investors. Additionally, the ratio should not display sharp

increases or decreases from period to period. This would indicate that a firm has

utilized its accounting flexibility to distort financial statements, thus creating a “red

flag”.

As shown by the graph, all firms in the industry maintain a ratio between .9908

and 1.0785 over the past five years. The industry follows a recognizable trend and all

firms experienced increases from 2006-2008. Archer Daniels Midland posted a relatively

high ratio in 2008, which could be a potential area of concern. However, the ratio does

not stray too far from the industry trend to classify it as a “red flag”. We can conclude

0.98

1.00

1.02

1.04

1.06

1.08

1.10

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

Net Sales/Cash from Sales (Raw)

Bunge

Archer Daniels Midland

Corn Products

CHS Inc.

Page 74: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

74

that all of the firm’s Net Sales/Cash from Sales ratios are contained and do not

insinuate that accounting manipulation has been executed.

As shown in the graph above, changes in net sales and cash from sales are for

the most part consistent in the industry. Even though Bunge witnessed a spike in

change from 2004-2005, it is not significant enough to be considered an outlier.

Additionally, the increase in change was positively correlated. Archer Daniels Midland

also experienced a negative change, but it is irrelevant as well. The change form of this

ratio supports the previous assertion that there are no “red flags” in the agricultural

business industry for this particular evaluation.

Conclusion

After completing the sales manipulation diagnostics, we have determined that no

“red flags” exist for Bunge. The firm performed very well against its competition and did

not display any abnormal activity that would be of concern for investors. Bunge

followed industry trends and at times lead the entire industry. The ratios generated

‐1

0

1

2

3

4

5

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

Net Sales/Cash from Sales (Change)

Bunge

Archer Daniels Midland

Corn Products

CHS Inc.

Page 75: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

75

results that are favorable to the firm and support its competitive advantage over other

companies in the agricultural business industry.

Expense Manipulation Diagnostics When expense manipulation diagnostics are utilized, a user of financial

statements has the ability to observe certain trends in an industry and identify

accounting distortions. The ratios below are derived from items reported on the balance

sheets, income statements, and statements of cash flows of each firm in the industry.

These ratios will help determine whether firms are properly reporting expenses. The

ratios are important to investors because they can show how realistic reported numbers

are. Additionally, the ratios will display abnormal patterns that deviate from the industry

trend and expose any existing “red flags”.

Asset Turnover

By dividing net sales by total assets, we derive asset turnover. By studying asset

turnover, an analyst can gather an idea of how a firm’s assets are growing in relation to

their sales. Furthermore, this ratio will determine whether or not a company is using

proper means of depreciating or disposing of its assets. As an example, if a firm is not

depreciating assets at a reasonable rate, then the ratio will be higher than it would be if

the firm depreciated assets legitimately.

Page 76: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

76

The graph shows that only CHS Inc. showed a major jump in 2008. This could

be seen as a “red flag”. Potentail investors could ask if CHS Inc. is overstating assets,

or understating sales. Both Bunge and ADM show a consistant ratio around 2. This

simply means that over the past five years, both firms have reported assets around

twice the dollar value of the sales they report. Corn Products has had a steady asset

turnover of 1.

0

0.5

1

1.5

2

2.5

3

3.5

4

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

Asset Turnover (Raw) 

Bunge

Archer Daniels Midland

Corn Products

CHS Inc.

‐2

0

2

4

6

8

10

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

Asset Turnover (Change)

Bunge

Archer Daniels Midland

Corn Products

CHS Inc.

Page 77: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

77

The graph above shows the change in sales compared to change in total assets

during a five year period. The highly volatile change CHS Inc. witnessed in its asset

turnover indicates that over the past five years CHS Inc. has experience major percent

changes in assets. The change the firm saw in each year was at extreme odds from the

preceding year. Corn Products and Archer Daniels Midland both maintained constant

change and experienced only trivial differences each year. By going negative in 2005,

Bunge raises questions to potential investors. Going negative represents that Bunge

had decreases in reported assets or sales from 2004 to 2005. By falling below zero a

firm is indicating that the two variables in the ratio are negatively correlated, which is

bad. Meaning that if one is rising the other is falling. A potential investor wants to see

variables growing and decling together. Going negative in 2005 should make an

investor more suspiciuos of the numbers reported by Bunge.

CFFO/Operating Income

This ratio is calculated by dividing cash flow from operations by the operating

income generated by a firm. The ratio helps evaluate the relationship between the cash

received from operating activities and a firm’s income from such operations. Investors

should study this ratio to determine if a company’s cash flow from operations is moving

parallel to its operating income. If the ratio declines, this indicates that the firms

operating income is increasing faster than reported CFFO.

Page 78: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

78

 

 

Over the past five years, every firm in the industry has experience very volalitle

numbers. Several firms have reported negative CFFO in recent years, which can help

explain the instability. For example Bunge reported negative CFFO in 2006 and in 2007.

From going positive to negative CFFO from 2005 to 2006 explains the dramatic decline

in the graph. ADM also experienced a similar situation from 2007 to 2008. ADM’s CFFO

dropped almost three billion dollars between the two years.

‐1.5

‐1

‐0.5

0

0.5

1

1.5

2

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

CFFO/Operating Income (Raw)

Bunge

Archer Daniels Midland

Corn Products

CHS Inc.

‐10

‐5

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

CFFO/Operating Income (Change)

Bunge

Archer Daniels Midland

Corn Products

CHS Inc.

Page 79: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

79

The change in CFFO over the change in operating income presents additional

data to determine whether or not accounting manipulations exist in the industry. Once

again, CHS Inc. has generated a ratio that dangerously deviates from the industry

trend. From 2007-2008, the firm saw a small increase in operating income matched

with an enormous increase in operating cash flow. This resulted in a ratio of 181.54, a

number that is extremely inconsistent with the rest of the firms in the industry. This

behavior can be flagged as a possible accounting distortion. Corn Products experienced

little change in the past five years and has continued to maintain a constant rate of

change. Bunge goes below zero once, which is not good, but compared to the rest of

the industry has reported better numbers for the past five years. Going negative in

2007 happen because Bunge reported CFFO decreasing by 322 million dollars. By falling

below zero a firm is indicating that the two variables in the ratio are negatively

correlated, when the two variables should show positive correlation.

CFFO/Net Operating Assets

Net operating assets are classified as the property, plant and equipment (PP&E)

a company has less any applicable depreciation. Large increases in cash flows from

operations along with a decrease in net operating assets over a year may be a sign of

accounting manipulation. Generally you would like to see this diagnostic rise or stay

constant over time. A firm could overstate their net operating assets by depreciating

their assets at a slow pace. Additionally, any blatant outliers should alert analysts that

skewed information may be present.

Page 80: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

80

The graph shows the industry had very volatile results. Every firm with the

exception of CHS Inc., showed negative results in at least one year. Again, this can be

explained by the relative consistance that firms report negative CFFO. Bunge went

negative from 2005 to 2007, but in 2008 reported CFFO of 2.3 billion dollars making

their ratio rise considerably.

‐0.5

‐0.3

‐0.1

0.1

0.3

0.5

0.7

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

CFFO/Net Operating Assets (Raw)

Bunge

Archer Daniels Midland

Corn Products

CHS Inc.

‐30

‐20

‐10

0

10

20

30

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

CFFO/Net Operating Assets (Change)

Bunge

Archer Daniels Midland

Corn Products

CHS Inc.

Page 81: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

81

Each firm in the industry went negative atleast once in this change diagnostic.

Anytime a firm has negative percent change in a diagnostic, investors should be

suspicious. By falling below zero a firm is indicating that the two variables in the ratio

are negatively correlated. The two variables should show positive correlation. If the

correlation is positive then the firm is reporting that they are increasing CFFO by

aquiring more assets, which a potential investor would expect. ADM especially has a

shocking decline from 2004 to 2005. Bunge also has a very suspicious jump in 2008.

The jump is due to Bunge having CFFO go from -411 million dollars in 2007 to 2.3

billion dollars in 2008.

Total Accruals/Sales

The Total Accruals/Change in Sales ratio illustrates the relationship between a

firm’s annual accruals and its sales from period to period. Total accruals are generated

by subtracting a company’s net income from its cash flow from operations. The reason

a firm would report a negative ratio is if their cash from operating activities were

negative for that year. It is possible for a firm to manipulate their amount of capital for

uncollectable accounts to give them a better financial standing. With the following

graph we will be able to discuss whether we believe Bunge’s total accruals to net sales

ratio to be true or if it may have been manipulated.

Page 82: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

82

After looking at this graph we see that Bunge was on the lower end of the

industry until last year when a dramatic increase in net sales drove up their ratio which

put them as the industry leader. CHS Inc. showed simlilar movement while Corn

Products and Archer Daniels Midland’s ratio swiftly declined after highs in 2005. These

declines resulted from firms reporting more net income than cash flow from operations.

Overall there is no real industry trend but it seems as some firms increase their ratio

others decrease theirs. Bunge’s recent increase is due to the dramatic increase of their

cash flow from operations which drove up their total accruals. This number could have

been manipulated to raise this ratio because of the big increase in sales for 2008.

‐0.1

‐0.08

‐0.06

‐0.04

‐0.02

0

0.02

0.04

0.06

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

Total Accruals/Sales (Raw)

Bunge

Archer Daniels Midland

Corn Products

CHS Inc.

Page 83: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

83

The graph above illustrates the changes in total accruals compared to the

changes in sales over the past five years. The industry for the most part has followed a

pattern of consistent change, with the exception of Archer Daniels Midland. The firm

experienced a negatively correlated change in 2005 that severely deviated from the

trend. This could be a potential “red flag” from the firm and should be looked into

further. Bunge’s change reamained steady for the past few years as accruals have

increased do to their increased business. But, in 2006 Bunge does fall below zero. By

falling below zero, Bunge was reporting that total accruals and sales were negatively

correlated. This can be view as a potential “red flag”.

Pension Expense/SG&A

The Pension Expense/SG&A ratio helps determine the amount of pension

expense that represents all selling, general and administrative expenses. This ratio is

calculated by dividing pension expense by SG&A. Ideally, a firm would like as low a

ratio as possible in order limit the amount of expenses associated with retired workers.

A high ratio would indicate that too much money is being spent on resources that do

not add value or increase profit. A high pension expense also further reduces net

income. Extremely high ratios that do not fit the industry trend should be examined.

‐7.5

‐6.5

‐5.5

‐4.5

‐3.5

‐2.5

‐1.5

‐0.5

0.5

1.5

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

Total Accruals/Sales (Change)

Bunge

Archer Daniels Midland

Corn Products

CHS Inc.

Page 84: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

84

After examining this ratio we will be able to assess the impact of the firm’s pension

expense and whether we believe it was manipulated or not.

As shown by the graph above, CHS Inc. has exhibited ratios significantly higher

than the other firms in the industry. This is a sign that CHS Inc. is spending too much

money on pension expense and not allocating funds efficiently. Archer Daniels Midland

and Corn Products were in the middle of the pack. Bunge however outperformed all of

the firms in the industry with its ratio. The increase in 2006 was due to higher reported

pension expenses than the rest of the five years. This increase isn’t enough to lead us

to believe they have manipulated numbers for the previous few years. This indicates

that Bunge is managing its pension expense well and has been conservative when

distributing money to retired workers. Bunge’s ratio proves to be a believable

assessment of its pension expense. The firm does not have excess amounts of their

SG&A expenses tied up in previous employment which allows them to reduce there

expenses and spend that extra money in more effective ways. We believe this trend will

continue due to the nature of the current financial market. Bunge’s pension expense

should continue to be a very low portion of their selling, general and administrative

expenses and drive this ratio down.

0

0.02

0.04

0.06

0.08

0.1

0.12

0.14

0.16

0.18

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

Pension Expense/SG&A (Raw)

Bunge

Archer Daniels Midland

Corn Products

CHS Inc.

Page 85: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

85

It is evident from the graph that the industry has followed a fairly constant trend

and only has one significant outlier. Archer Daniels Midland saw a negative change from

2006-2007 due to a large decrease in pension expense and corresponding increase in

selling, general and administrative expense. Thus, the drop in pension expense was

balanced out with an increase in another operating expense. The rest of the industry

stayed fairly conisistent with each other. Bunge’s change went slightly below zero in

both 2007 and 2008. This is not a good trend, because by going below zero Bunge is

reporting that pension expense and SG&A are negatively correlated. Both of these

expenses should be growing of declining together. If this trend continues in the future,

investor will become wary of the expenses Bunge is reporting.

Other Employment Expenses/SG&A

This expense manipulation ratio is generated by dividing other employment

expenses by selling, general and administrative expenses. The purpose of the ratio is to

show analysts the amount of SG&A that is allocated to employee benefits. This can

include medical coverage, insurance, defined benefit plans and so on. A smaller ratio is

beneficial, as that again indicates that firms are not spending too much money on

‐17

‐15

‐13

‐11

‐9

‐7

‐5

‐3

‐1

1

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

Pension Expense/SG&A (Change)

Bunge

Archer Daniels Midland

Corn Products

CHS Inc.

Page 86: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

86

benefit packages. A higher ratio suggests that employee benefits are a significant

portion of SG&A expense, and could suggest inefficient operations. Since employment

expenses and SG&A are directly correlated, it is difficult for a firm to compromise one

number without it affecting the other.

After looking at the graph, investors can gather information about companies’

other employment expenses. The range of these numbers is very small and we can

determine that employee benefit plans are not a large portion of the industry’s SG&A

expense. Bunge again held the lowest ratio over the past five years, with other

employment expenses maxing out at only 1% of SG&A. Like their pension expenses, in

2006 Bunge reported a higher amount of other employee expenses which showed to be

out of the ordinary. We believe this declining pattern for Bunge will continue because

their employee benefits have declined over the past few years while SG&A has

continued to increase steadily over the past five years.

0

0.005

0.01

0.015

0.02

0.025

0.03

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

Other Employment Expenses/SG&A (Raw)

Bunge

Archer Daniels Midland

Corn Products

CHS Inc.

Page 87: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

87

The industry as a whole kept within a reasonable rate of change during the five

year period. Although Archer Daniels Midland and Bunge experienced spikes in change

at some point in the time period, they were trivial and did not deviate far away enough

from the industry trend to be considered a “red flag”. All firms maintained somewhat

constant change ratios that were all on par with each other. After looking at Bunge’s

other employment expenses over the last five years, it’s evident that they are limiting

their expenses efficiently. Therefore, we believe Bunge’s ratio to be true and for it show

little change or possibly fall in the future.

Conclusion

The expense manipulation diagnostics have provided us with the opportunity to

peel back the layers of firms that are active in the agricultural business industry. From

these ratios, we have concluded that there are two analyses that resulted in “red flags”

for Bunge. These discrepancies are CFFO/Operating Income and CFFO/Net Operating

Assets. Overall, Bunge followed industry trends and did not deviate severely from them.

Additionally, the firm outperformed its competition in several business activity

comparisons. Although firms in the industry frequently exhibited erratic behavior, it

does not lead us to believe accounting distortion is rampant.

‐0.1

0.1

0.3

0.5

0.7

0.9

1.1

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

Other Employment Expenses/SG&A (Change)

Bunge

Archer Daniels Midland

Corn Products

CHS Inc.

Page 88: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

88

Potential Red Flags

Sales and expense manipulation diagnostics are performed to expose any “red

flags” that might exist within the company. These red flags exist because managers

hold decision-making power with regards to the accounting policies and level of

disclosure in the company. By intentionally misrepresenting accounting information on

financial statements firms can obscure aspects of the business that would concern

investors. With the gray area and flexibility that exists with GAAP rules it is relatively

easy for executives to pull the sheet over the eyes of the shareholders. After a red flag

is found, analysts go beneath the surface and measure the level of significance of the

problem. Depending on the magnitude of the misrepresentation it is possible that the

financial statements will need to be restated to portray the true state of the company.

When compared to the industry, Bunge uses too big of discount rates on its

pension and post-retirement plans. Furthermore, the firm’s growth rates on its planned

assets are larger than its current competitors. Bunge is forecasting that the cost of

healthcare will decline in future years. Healthcare costs have always increased over the

years and it is unrealistic to predict that costs associated with healthcare will diminish in

the future. This poor forecast will cause problems in the years to come because actual

growth rates will not reflect the projected rates and the lack of growth will need to be

realized. In the event that these estimates are incorrect, adjustments to the financial

statements will have to be made in the future. Therefore, we have concluded that

Bunge is understating its future obligations and overstating the assets they plan to use

to pay for those liabilities.

As evidenced from the expense manipulation diagnostics, Bunge exhibited

relatively volatile fluctuation in its CFFO/Operating Income and CFFO/Net Operating

Assets ratios. The firm reported negative cash flows in two of the five years measured

in the evaluation. These negative outflows resulted in inconsistent data in the

diagnostics that led to the further investigation of the issue.

Page 89: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

89

BUNGE  2004  2006  2007  2008  2009 

CFFO  $802,000,000.00   $382,000,000.00  ($289,000,000.00) ($411,000,000.00) $2,302,666,666.00 

OI  $1,015,000,000.00   $615,000,000.00  $593,000,000.00  $1,156,000,000.00  $3,044,000,000.00 

NOA  $2,536,000,000.00   $2,900,000,000.00  $3,446,000,000.00  $4,216,000,000.00  $4,298,000,000.00 

CFFO/OI  0.7901  0.6211 ‐0.4874 ‐0.3555 0.7565

CFFO/NOA  0.3162  0.1317 ‐0.0839 ‐0.0975 0.5358

The cash flow oriented ratios that were generated for Bunge can be explained

from the table above. From 2006-2007, the firm’s cash flows from operations were

negative. The two consecutive years resulted in negative ratios when divided by

operating income and net operating assets. Additionally, when change ratios were

calculated they produced three years of negative numbers due to the subtraction of

previous periods. The large decline in cash flows from operations from 2005-2006 can

be attributed to a substantial increases in inventories and accounts receivable. These

assets negatively impact operating cash flows. Reductions in cash flows from operations

in other years are the result of similar increases or decrease in assets and liabilities.

Although cash flow from operations has been flagged as areas of concern, we do not

believe that these irregularities are the result of accounting manipulations.

Undoing Accounting Distortions

After analyzing all aspects of Bunge’s accounting structure and its reported

information, we have concluded that it is not necessary to undo any numbers stated in

the financial statements. Bunge did not meet the standards for both operating leases

and goodwill. To be deemed necessary to restate financial statements because of

Page 90: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

90

operating leases, a firm must have a present value of future obligations over 10% of

long term debt. The following graph shows Bunge’s present value of future obligations

for operating leases compared to its long term debt. As seen in the table below,

Bunge’s present value of operating leases is only .9% of long term debt.

The threshold to determine whether it is necessary to restate financial

statements with regard to goodwill can be determined in two ways. The first approach

is to compare the company’s goodwill to the amount of property, plant and equipment

it holds. If goodwill exceeds 20% of property, plant and equipment in any period over

the past five years then a restatement is necessary. The following table compares

Bunge’s goodwill to PP&E for the last five years.

2004  2005  2006  2007  2008 

Goodwill  $167,000,000  $176,000,000 $236,000,000 $354,000,000  $366,000,000

PPE  $2,353,000,000  $2,900,000,000 $3,446,000,000 $4,216,000,000  $4,298,000,000

%  7.10%  6.07% 6.85% 8.40%  8.52%

Bunge’s goodwill never exceeded 20% of property, plant and equipment, thus

making a restatement of the financials unnecessary. The second way to test if goodwill

needs to be restated is by amortizing the current value of goodwill in equal amounts

PV of Operating Leases  32.18 million

Long term Debt  3435 million

%  0.9%

Page 91: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

91

over the past five years. If the amortized value of goodwill surpasses 20% or more of

operating income, then it is necessary to restate the financials. The following table

shows the relationship between amortized goodwill and operating income.

2004 2005 2006 2007  2008

Amortized 

Goodwill  $73,200,000 $73,200,000 $73,200,000 $73,200,000  $73,200,000

Operating Income  $915,000,000 $615,000,000 $593,000,000 $1,156,000,000  $3,044,000,000

%  8.0% 11.9% 12.3% 6.3%  2.4%

Again, Bunge never breaks the threshold to be deemed necessary to restate their

financial statements. It is evident that the firm has not met the criteria for restatement

of any of its operations and therefore the undoing of accounting distortions can be

ignored.

Financial Ratio Analysis

Liquidity Ratio Analysis

Liquidity ratios are used to asses a company’s ability to pay off its short term

liability’s. The higher the amount of a company’s most liquid assets, the higher the

likelihood of that company being able to pay off their debt. By calculating such ratios

and benchmarking them to past performance as well as the performance of the

company’s competition, we are able to evaluate Bunge’s overall ability to meet their

Page 92: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

92

obligations compared to the industry. When conducting a liquidity ratio analysis, we

use seven particular ratios:

1) Current Ratio

2) Quick Asset Ratio

3) Inventory Turnover

4) Days Supply of Inventory

5) Receivables Turnover

6) Days Sales Outstanding

7) Working Capital Turnover

Companies want higher liquidity ratios rather than low ones because it shows the

firms efficiency as well as their urgency to take care of obligations. However, if these

ratios are too high the company isn’t working as resourcefully and could be doing more

to expand their company. Greater liquidity ratios are also very important when a

company is working to get a loan or borrow some sort of assets. Because these ratios

tell the tendencies of a company to repay their debts, better ratios can result in better

loans and quicker growth.

Current Ratio

Our first liquidity ratio is a measure of the firm’s current assets and current

liabilities. By dividing a company’s total assets by their total liabilities we are assessing

their liquidity risk. This ratio shows the extent to which the company is able to pay off

current liabilities with their most liquid (current) assets. It is the best way to judge a

firm’s current liquidity. For purposes of gaining loan support, banks normally like to see

that a company’s current ratio is greater than 2 but anything higher than 1 is

acceptable. This number shows that the company has no problem paying off current

Page 93: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

93

debt within the time frame given and banks will be more inclined to do business with

them.

In comparison to the total industry, Bunge’s current ratio is above average. The

industry as a whole has seen dramatic movement in this ratio over the previous five

years and it looks to continue this way. At 1.63, Bunge’s current ratio is a little lower

than what some like to see but for this industry they are in a great position for financial

assistance if need be. They show the capability of taking care of current liabilities when

they are incurred which greatly lowers their default risk. The large drop in 2007 was

due to significant current liabilities being obtained while their current assets were not as

increasingly present. To their competitors, Bunge shows good signs of being able to

minimize their liquidity risk while outperforming the majority of the market.

Quick Asset Ratio

The quick asset ratio is a variation of the current ratio. The current ratio takes

total current assets divided by the total current liabilities. The quick ratio concentrates

on the most liquid current assets. For the current assets you take only: cash and cash

equivalents, short term investments, marketable securities, and accounts receivable.

1

1.1

1.2

1.3

1.4

1.5

1.6

1.7

1.8

1.9

2

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

Current Ratio

Bunge

Archer Daniels Midland

Corn Products

CHS Inc.

Industry Average

Page 94: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

94

Only using the most liquid of assets gives us a beneficial perspective into the company

because it takes out inventories accounts, which can easily distort the appearance of

the firm’s financial position. In the agribusiness industry it is not uncommon for

inventories to expire, also food products have a limited shelf-life. Taking inventories

out of the current ratio gives us a better idea of the real liquidity position of our

company. Evaluating the current asset ratio is fundamentally the same as the current

ratio. A higher ratio is better because it indicates that the firm is more liquid. However

if the ratio is below one it is not necessarily a liquidity risk because inventories are such

a large portion of current assets.

Bunge has a very low quick asset ratio but we believe this is partially due to

Bunge’s superior performance in handling accounts receivable. This will be discussed

shortly under accounts receivables turnover. Bunge has consistently had the lowest

ratio over the past five years. This brings into question whether or not Bunge has

adequate liquidity to cover the current portion of debt. Historically they have been able

to survive this low ratio. You can see that Bunge’s main competition, Archer Daniels

Midland, has a superior position in their quick asset ratio. The industry average has

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.8

0.9

1

1.1

1.2

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

Quick Asset Ratio

Bunge

Archer Daniels Midland

Corn Products

CHS Inc.

Industry Average

Page 95: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

95

been consistent over the past five years and Bunge’s ratio has steadily decreased with

the exception of 2008 which is showing sign of improvement from .39 to .42.

Inventory Turnover

The inventory turnover ratio measures the efficiency of the relationship between

cost of goods sold and inventory. The ratio is calculated by dividing COGS by inventory.

Inventory is valued at cost which yields a consistent ratio. When we evaluate this ratio

it easy to discern whether a company is improving or falling behind by looking at the

changes in the past five years. A high ratio suggests a high level of sales throughout

the year with a low inventory. A low turnover would suggest low sales and an

inventory surplus, which is not healthy for profits.

Bunge saw a significant increase in the inventory turnover ratio in 2008 which

was accompanied with a larger market share. This increase allowed for greater profits

and less money obligated into inventories. Prior to 2007 Bunge was realizing decreases

in the inventory turnover ratio consistent with the industry average. The recent jump in

the efficiency of Bunge’s inventory systems has improved their profitability. Bunge

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

Inventory Turnover

Bunge

Archer Daniels Midland

Corn Products

CHS Inc.

Industry Average

Page 96: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

96

needs to ensure that they retain adequate inventories to guarantee that they can keep

up with an increase in future sales growth.

Days Supply of Inventory

Days supply of inventory or “DSI” is more or less an extension of the inventory

turnover ratio. This ratio allows to measure the speed at which inventory is turned into

sales revenue. It is calculated by dividing 365 by the inventory turnover ratio. This

yields the number of days it takes for a company to turn its entire inventory. Here a

lower number is better because it means that it takes fewer days to complete the

“money merry-go-round”. Low numbers indicate that inventory is sold quicker and cash

inflows are more efficient.

Bunge has been below the industry average until this past year, where it beat

out everyone except CHS Inc. It should be noted that CHS Inc. has nowhere near the

sales volume or market share that Bunge does. Bunge took its DSI from 61 days in

2007 to 42.5 in 2008. We would expect this improvement due to our results from

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

60

65

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

Days Supply of Inventory

Bunge

Archer Daniels Midland

Corn Products

CHS Inc.

Industry Average

Page 97: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

97

inventory turnover. ADM’s DSI has continued to increase from 2005. Compared to the

industry, Bunge is doing a superior job managing their inventory levels and sales

growth.

Accounts Receivable Turnover

The accounts receivable turnover ratio measures the efficiency of working capital

management. It is calculated by dividing sales by accounts receivable. A higher ratio

indicates that the firm is able to collect outstanding debt faster. If the firm has a low

ratio it implies that payment is not being realized in a suitable manner. If the ratio is

low, then it is necessary to modify the credit policies and find a way to speed up the

process.

Bunge has led the industry in receivables turnover for the past five years

straight. This means that they are the most efficient in collecting their accounts

receivable. In 2008 they were able to take the ratio from 15 to 22. This is a dramatic

increase and easy to see on the graph. We believe that this is why Bunge is able to

maintain such a low quick asset ratio. The fact that they keep such a low number in

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

Receivables Turnover

Bunge

Archer Daniels Midland

Corn Products

CHS Inc.

Industry Average

Page 98: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

98

accounts receivable justifies why the quick asset ratio would be lower than the industry

average.

Days Sales Outstanding

Days sales outstanding “DSO” is an extension of the accounts receivable

turnover ratio. To calculate DSO you take 365 and divide it by accounts receivable

turnover. This provides us with the number of days that it takes to collect accounts

receivable. Lower numbers are better due to the fact that it speeds up the “money

merry-go-round”. The quicker accounts receivable can be collected, the faster it can be

reinvested to the business.

Bunge has clearly dominated the days sales outstanding for the past five years.

None of the other firms have managed to achieve a better ratio than Bunge. In 2008,

Bunge only needs 16 days to collect it accounts receivables. It takes ADM 60 days to

do the same. The overall trend of the industry is steadily and slightly increasing, but

Bunge is out-performing the industry and then some.

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

Days Sales Outstanding

Bunge

Archer Daniels Midland

Corn Products

CHS Inc.

Industry Average

Page 99: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

99

Cash to Cash Cycle

The cash to cash cycle measures how many days it takes to convert cash outflow

into cash inflow. We have referred to this as the “money merry-go-round”. It is

calculated by adding days stay in inventory to the days sales outstanding. If a firm is

able to convert its assets into cash quickly its cash to cash cycle will be a low number.

If a company can exhibit a low cash to cash cycle they are seen as being more credit

worthy because they can generate cash more efficiently.

Bunge was almost parallel with the industry trend until 2008. This is when

Bunge drastically reduced the cash to cash cycle. They went from 86 days down to 59

days. This illustrates that Bunge will be seen as a credit worthy company and has the

ability to generate cash in a timely manner. The industry average has slightly increased

over the past five years and Bunge is the only firm that has seen a major decrease.

Working Capital Turnover

The working capital turnover ratio is calculated by dividing sales by net working

capital. Net working capital is found by subtracting the firm’s current liabilities from

their current assets. This ratio displays how efficiently working capital is managed in

30.00

40.00

50.00

60.00

70.00

80.00

90.00

100.00

110.00

120.00

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

Cash to Cash Cycle

Bunge

Archer Daniels Midland

Corn Products

CHS Inc.

Industry Average

Page 100: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

100

relation to sales volume. A higher ratio is better because it means that the firm is

making better use of its operating capital.

Bunge shows positive signs of improving working capital turnover by increasing

the ratio by nearly 4 turns. Due to this sudden resurgence, Bunge is much closer to the

industry average of 11 and proves to be using its excess in assets in generating sales.

While CHS highly outperforms the industry, Bunge has made positive steps to increase

the efficiency of their net working capital. The increase in 2008 resulted from a

tremendous increase in sales while keeping their net working capital fairly consistent.

Bunge is able to generate higher revenue without increase in their excess current assets

showing great productivity.

Conclusion

Bunge shows good current liquidity by outperforming the industry in current ratio

but slower sales efficiency by underperforming when it comes to the quick asset ratio

and inventory turnover. They show great ability to pay off current debt and collect on

accounts quickly while turning their assets to cash. Bunge should have little problem

receiving financial assistance if need be and due to the fact that they can turn quick

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

Working Capital Turnover

Bunge

Archer Daniels Midland

Corn Products

CHS Inc.

Industry Average

Page 101: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

101

profits and pay off debts they should be able to build high confidence in investors.

They have used their assets and taken care of liabilities in a very efficient manner.

Below is a recap and breakdown of each liquidity ratio, how they match up against the

industry, and the current movement of that ratio.

Ratio Performance Trend

Current Ratio Outperforming Decreasing

Quick Asset Ratio Underperforming Stable

Inventory Turnover Underperforming Increasing

Days Stay in Inventory Outperforming Decreasing

Receivables Turnover Strongly Outperforming Increasing

Days Sales Outstanding Outperforming Decreasing

Cash to Cash Cycle Outperforming Decreasing

Working Capital Turnover

Overall

Underperforming

Slightly Outperforming

Increasing

Volatile

Profitability Ratio Analysis

We measure a firm’s profitability by calculating percentage ratios. These ratios

show how the company’s earnings relate to their incurred costs. The firm’s operating

efficiency; asset productivity, rate of return on asset, and rate of return on equity are

measured through the following seven ratios:

1) Gross Profit Margin

2) Operating Expense Ratio

3) Operating Profit Margin

4) Net Profit Margin

Page 102: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

102

5) Asset Turnover

6) Return on Assets

7) Return on Equity

8) Internal Growth Rate

9) Sustainable Growth Rate

By calculating Bunge’s profitability ratios, we will be able to evaluate their

earnings compared to overall income and benchmark that against their competition.

The higher the percentage of these ratios means the greater the profitability of the

company. High profitability ratios can reflect greater interest from investors because

they have the ability to pay out higher dividends and are not worried about

overwhelming expenses.

Gross Profit Margin

Gross profit margin is the company’s gross profit as a percentage of their net

sales. This margin is a major component in evaluating Bunge’s operating efficiency. A

high gross profit margin relates to a low amount of costs of goods sold and shows the

efficiency of the operating activities. The following graph shows the gross profit

margins for Bunge and its competitors over the last five years.

Page 103: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

103

Over the past five years, Bunge’s gross profit margin has been slightly volatile

but has steadily increased over the past three years. At 7.7%, Bunge is about average

with the market other than market leader Corn Products. Due to the nature of business

in this particular industry, cost of goods sold is a much higher percentage of net sales

than gross profit and will continue to be so. As much as they can, Bunge will need to

minimize their cost of sales as much as possible to beat out the industry average. In

recent years, Bunge has improved its gross profit percentage by nearly 3% but could do

more to increase this percentage as one of their competitors has. All things considered,

Bunge’s recent growth has shown great promise to investors while proving itself to be a

threat among competitors and we predict that this trend will only continue.

Operating Expense Ratio

Another profitability ratio is the operating expense ratio. This ratio measures

selling and administrative expenses as a percentage of sales. This percentage shows

how much of every sales dollar goes to expenses incurred in moving that product.

Unlike the rest of the profitability ratios where bigger is usually better, a company

wants to keep a small percentage of operating expenses.

0.02

0.04

0.06

0.08

0.1

0.12

0.14

0.16

0.18

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

Gross Profit Margin

Bunge

Archer Daniels Midland

Corn Products

CHS Inc.

Industry Average

Page 104: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

104

As shown above, Bunge’s operating expense ratio has remained about at the

industry average for the past five years and is continuing to decline. At about 3.1%,

Bunge is succeeding in minimizing total selling and administrative expenses as a portion

of sales. This percentage is fairly low and continues to drop showing good signs of

increased profits in the future. The industry overall is also steadily decreasing operating

expenses as well. Corn Products, Archer Daniels Midland, and CHS Inc. have all seen

steady decreases in the past three years although Corn Products’ operating expense

percentage is still much higher than the rest of the industry. Reducing costs tied to

sales and other administrative activities had proven to be an issue in the past for Bunge

and its competitors but they have done an excellent job in reducing those expenses.

However if Bunge wants to continue to increase profitability, this ratio will need to be

lower.

Operating Profit Margin

Operating profit margin is another financial ratio that shows the firms operating

efficiency by taking the percentage of operating income to total sales. Operating

income is found after taking out the selling and administrative expenses mentioned

0.00

0.01

0.02

0.03

0.04

0.05

0.06

0.07

0.08

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

Operating Expense Ratio

Bunge

Archer Daniels Midland

Corn Products

CHS Inc.

Industry Average

Page 105: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

105

above from gross profit. A high operating profit margin shows the importance of the

company’s operating activities as a part of total revenue.

As shown above, Corn Products once again outperforms the rest of the industry

while the remaining three companies including Bunge show the same trends. Having a

lower operating profit margin than the rest of the industry for the majority of this time

period, Bunge shows where it needs to excel to increase operating efficiency. Although

selling and administrative expenses are relatively low, cost of goods sold is still much

higher than it needs to be if they hope to increase not only gross profit but operating

profit as well. Their operating profit margin has been steady over the past year and it

looks to continue with possibly more decline if certain costs are not reduced. This

margin is a major factor when assessing overall profitability. Bunge needs to reduce

costs to increase its operating profit margin if it wants to be a big player in the market

in the future.

Net Profit Margin

Probably the most important profitability ratio is net profit margin. This margin

measures the amount of profit a company makes off of each dollar sold by dividing net

0

0.02

0.04

0.06

0.08

0.1

0.12

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

Operating Profit Margin

Bunge

Archer Daniels Midland

Corn Products

CHS Inc.

Industry Average

Page 106: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

106

income by net sales. Net profit margin is incredibly important when assessing a firm’s

value in the market and for investors to find out how much profit the company is

actually bringing in. A high net profit margin shows that the firm is minimizing

extensive costs and turning a high percentage of profit on each sale. This can lead to

greater investor interest because of the ability to pay out higher dividends.

Over the past five years, Bunge has been very steady but much lower than the

rest of the market. Out of each sales dollar, Bunge turns only 2 cents profit compared

to the industry average of about 3 and a half cents per dollar. The agribusiness

industry turns low net profit due to the nature of costs in the business but Corn

Products has still been able to raise its net profit margin over the past four years to a

peak of almost 7%. Bunge on the other hand has been at about 2% for the past five

years and it doesn’t look to change that much in the future. Because Bunge is about a

cent and a half off the industry average, they show to have poor operating efficiency

and will need to improve their margins if they want to be a competitor and generate

investors in the future.

0.01

0.02

0.03

0.04

0.05

0.06

0.07

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

Net Profit Margin

Bunge

Archer Daniels Midland

Corn Products

CHS Inc.

Industry Average

Page 107: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

107

Asset Turnover

A way of realizing the productivity in the way assets are used is by interpreting

the asset turnover. This turnover ratio is measured by the total sales of the current

year divided by the total assets of the previous year. This ratio tells how productive the

company’s assets are in producing revenue and in turning profit. Asset turnover is so

important valuing a firm’s profitability because it links the income statement to the

balance sheet and gives the investor a chance to see the strength of the relationship

between the two. Firms want a higher asset turnover because it shows that they are

using their assets in a productive and efficient manner.

As you can see over the past years, Bunge had been pretty stable with the

industry average up until last year when they dropped below it. In 2008, Bunge’s asset

turnover of 2.4 was lower than that of the industry average but has been consistent in

that same range. This 2.4 turnover means that each dollar of assets produced about

$2.40 of sales which is a good level for any particular business but still lower than firms

like CHS Inc. CHS uses their assets more productively which has decreased their selling

and administrative expenses and explains why they had such a low operating expense

ratio. The same goes for the rest of the firms in the market. Bunge was around the

0.5

1

1.5

2

2.5

3

3.5

4

4.5

5

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

Asset Turnover

Bunge

Archer Daniels Midland

Corn Products

CHS Inc.

Industry Average

Page 108: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

108

industry average for operating expenses which also puts them around the industry

average for asset turnover. To be around the industry average for this ratio is good

and shows that Bunge is doing a good job of utilizing their assets without raising

expenses too high.

Return on Assets

Unlike asset turnover, return on assets measures how assets affect total profits

directly by dividing the current year’s net income by the previous year’s total assets.

This percentage is also found by multiplying asset turnover by profit margin. Return on

assets is the percentage of assets to total earnings and can reveal a company with high

profitability through a high asset return. Like asset turnover, it shows how efficient the

company is utilizing its assets. We use the firm’s previous year assets to see how the

assets have performed at the beginning of the current period and throughout the

current year.

For having such a higher than average asset turnover, Bunge’s return on assets

are very low. At 4.8% of net income in 2008, their returns on assets have been

consistent but quite a bit lower than the industry average. Bunge is doing a poor job of

using their assets to turn high profits compared to their competitors. This again shows

0.02

0.04

0.06

0.08

0.1

0.12

0.14

0.16

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

Return on Assets (ROA)

Bunge

Archer Daniels Midland

Corn Products

CHS Inc.

Industry Average

Page 109: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

109

that Bunge needs to reduce expenses and costs of sales if they want to show high

productivity and profitability in the market. A higher return on assets will show that

they are making good use of their assets and are highly efficient in their operations.

For now their asset return is too low to catch the eye of potential investors.

Return on Equity

Similar to the return on assets, the return on equity also measures against net

income. The return on equity is a calculation of total owner’s equity of the previous

year as a percentage of the current period’s net earnings. Again this “lag” effect is

used to see how the beginning balance in owner’s equity is used in throughout the

current period. This profitability ratio measures the company’s owners’ interest in total

asset productivity. A high return on equity infers a high profit margin and smaller

investment in debt financed assets.

As shown, Bunge’s return on equity decreased until 2006 and then fluctuated up

to 2008 to 13.4%. In comparison to the industry average, Bunge is outperformed by all

of its competitors. They are not earning as much on their invested equity therefore not

using their assets efficiently to increase their return on equity. Return on equity shows

to be positively correlated with return on assets in this particular industry meaning as

0.05

0.1

0.15

0.2

0.25

0.3

0.35

0.4

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

Return on Equity (ROE)

Bunge

Archer Daniels Midland

Corn Products

CHS Inc.

Industry Average

Page 110: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

110

one move up and down, the other will do the same. If Bunge can find a way to

increase their return on assets by making better use of them, their return on equity

could follow and lead to greater confidence for investors. Because of the current

economic recession this ratio may decrease even more due to higher difficulty of

financing debt.

Internal Growth Rate (IGR)

The internal growth rate, IGR, is the rate at which firms can growth without

using outside financing. Instead of raising capital via equity or debt agreements, they

can take the retained earnings from the year before and pump them back into the

company. This plays a substantial role in generating long term growth for the firm.

When the firm is just starting out or is experiencing rapid growth, they will pay little or

no dividends so they can take the funds and put it back into the firm. This is the

cheapest way for the firm to grow because they don’t have to pay interest on loans or

dividends on issued stock. IGR is calculated by multiplying return on assets, ROA, by

one minus the payout ratio.

IGR = ROA (1-DIV/NI)

(1-payout ratio) shows how much the firm has to reinvest after paying dividends

to stock holders. The industry and maturity of the company play important roles in

formulating the IGR.

Page 111: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

111

(CHS is not included because they do not have common stock)

As the graph shows, Bunge stayed above the industry average until 2006. Up

until then Bunge led the industry. After 2006 Bunge’s IGR increased and decreased at

the same rate as the industry average but remained below it. The firm’s IGR has

remained very stable and has not experienced significant change in the past five years.

The trend of the industry has been increasing, but Bunge has maintained an average

performance. After 2006 ADM led the industry by a significant margin. A smaller

growth rate will limit Bunge’s ability to generate growth from resources within. Larger

firms have an easier time producing internal growth due to their vast resources. Bunge

needs to focus on raising their IGR if they want to be able to compete with ADM in the

long run.

Sustainable Growth Rate (SGR)

The sustainable growth rate, SGR, is the rate at which firms can grow without

increasing financial leverage. This means that the leverage will neither increase or

decrease during the forecasted time. You would not want to increase your leverage of

debt too much because it could create significant problems for the firm due to the risk

structure and the total cost of capital. SGR is calculated by multiplying IGR by one plus

debt divided by equity.

0.01

0.02

0.03

0.04

0.05

0.06

0.07

0.08

0.09

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

Internal Growth Rate

Bunge

Archer Daniels Midland

Corn Products

Industry Average

Page 112: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

112

SGR = IGR [1 + (Debtt/Equityt)]

(CHS is not included because they do not have common stock)

Bunge led the industry from 2004 to 2006. Only in 2008 did Bunge’s SGR fall

below the industry average. From 2006 to 2008 ADM led the industry. Corn Products

has had difficulty in the past with its SGR. Having a low IGR makes it more difficult for

firms to increase SGR. Bunge held a somewhat consistent SGR over the five year

period. This means that Bunge can consistently grow without increasing financial

leverage. Overall, Bunge outperformed the industry and kept a stable trend. Therefore,

we expect the sustainable growth rate to be steady in the future.

Conclusion

Bunge’s overall profitability performance is below what it needs to be in almost

every ratio. They perform at the industry average for gross profit margin, operating

expense ratio, and asset turnover which proves they do a decent job of utilizing their

assets to generate sales while keeping expenses fairly low. Their gross profit margin

seems to be the only profitability ratio than continues to increase which proves to be a

good sign that their cost of goods sold is low.

00.020.040.060.080.1

0.120.140.160.180.2

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

Sustainable Growth Rate

Bunge

Archer Daniels Midland

Corn Products

Industry Average

Page 113: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

113

As you can imply from their performance in the other ratios, they are greatly

underperforming. In operating profit margin, net profit margin, return on assets, and

return on equity, Bunge is showing stable signs of inefficiency. Unless they are able to

limit their selling, administrative and other expenses while increase sales productivity in

the future, operating profit margin as well as net profit margin will continue to

underperform. Their returns are being outperformed because of their lack of ability to

generate income through the use of their assets and equity. By using these things

more efficiently and limiting costs, they should be able to increase their returns and

overall profitability.

Ratio Performance Trend

Gross Profit Margin Average Steadily Increasing

Operating Expense Ratio Average Slightly Decreasing

Operating Profit Margin Underperforming Stable

Net Profit Margin Underperforming Stable

Asset Turnover Average Slightly Decreasing

Return on Assets Underperforming Slightly Decreasing

Return on Equity

Internal Growth Rate

Sustainable Growth Rate

Overall

Underperforming

Average

Outperforming

Slightly

Underperforming

Stable

Stable

Stable

Stable

Page 114: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

114

Capital Structure Ratio Analysis

Capital structure ratios are used to analyze a company’s sources of financing in

which obtain assets. In other words, we are dealing with debt and equity to value the

company’s financial leverage. These ratios also assess a firm’s credit risk. When

analyzing Bunge’s capital structure we are concerned with three different things: The

relationship of debt as a part of owner’s equity through the debt to equity ratio, the

recurrence of interest expense and ability to pay it off by calculating the times interest

earned ratio, and the firm’s ability to pay off their debt through cash from operations by

calculating the debt service margin.

Debt/Equity Ratio

This measure of debt to equity indicates the amount of credit risk the company is

exposed to. Because we are doing an equity valuation, we are more interested in just

that, equity. Therefore a smaller debt to equity ratio is what a company must strive for

to keep their capital structure risk at a minimum. Anything above 1.5 is considered too

high a risk and companies should begin to be concerned. This table shows Bunge’s

debt to equity along with the rest of the industry.

0.5

0.7

0.9

1.1

1.3

1.5

1.7

1.9

2.1

2.3

2.5

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

Debt to Equity (D/E)

Bunge

Archer Daniels Midland

Corn Products

CHS Inc.

Industry Average

Page 115: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

115

With the exception on Bunge, the rest of the industry is experiencing increasing

trends in their debt to equity ratio. After a drop in 2008 due to decreases in total

liabilities, Bunge is at the industry average for debt to equity at a ratio of 1.72. In

2008, only one firm had a ratio below 1.5 which should raise some concerns industry

wide. Bunge seems to be aware of this problem as they worked to decrease their

liabilities this past year. However, Bunge still has a very high level of capital structure

risk that could is hurting their credit and drive away potential investors from not only

themselves but the industry as a whole.

Times Interest Earned

This next ratio is important to make sure the company can pay off its own

interest expense with income provided from operations so they will be able to pay

stockholders for their investments. This measure of payment ability is calculated by

dividing the company’s income from operations by the interest expense. This is simply

the amount of your income that is going towards interest and shows an investor how

much the company has remaining to payout. Banks like to see a times interest earned

between 4 and 7 to insure that the company is able to easily take care of their interest

expense.

1

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

Times Interest Earned

Bunge

Archer Daniels Midland

Corn Products

CHS Inc.

Industry Average

Page 116: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

116

At 4.3 times, Bunge is well below the industry average but that does not mean

they are in bad shape. This is still a good number for times interest earned because it

says that they’re able to pay off their interest 4.3 times with operating income.

Although their competitors post higher amounts, the industry average is on the decline

while Bunge continues to improve. With an industrial average of 7.4, Bunge needs to

continue to raise their times interest earned to show that they are making more

efficient use of their income from operations. Right now, investors may see this

particular number as poor compared to their competitors but will notice the trend of

improvement.

Debt Service Margin

Debt service margin measures the company’s ability to pay of current portions of

their long-term debt with the cash provided from their operating activities. This margin

is found by dividing cash provided from operations over the installment due on the

current portion of long term debt from the previous year. This “lag” effect is used

because we want to measure by the ending current portion of long-term debt from the

previous year as the beginning amount due within the next year. This margin attempts

to signify how efficiently the company is using is cash from operations and the

simplicity of using that cash to pay off current long-term debt. Therefore, the bigger

the number the better.

Page 117: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

117

Bunge looks to be doing quite well in their debt service margin compared to the

majority of the industry. Archer Daniels Midland’s margin has plummeted further

negative because of a negative balance in cash flow from operations forcing them to

find other means of payment for their long-term debt. Bunge’s debt service margin

recovered in 2008 when they saw a large increase of cash flow from operating

activities. They now stand above the industry average and at 4.9; Bunge was able to

use that cash to pay $4.90 on every $1 of debt that will mature in 2009. Investors will

be impressed with a debt service margin like Bunge’s in 2008 but the key is to keep it

that way.

Z-Score

Altman’s Z-score is a measure that helps analysts determine how susceptible a

firm is to becoming bankrupt. This is done by “using five variables to compute a

bankruptcy score.” (Palepu & Healy) The Z-score is helpful because it helps determine a

firm’s risk of default. Investors find this measure useful as it illustrates a financial

picture of a company and whether or not it is wise to invest money into it. Additionally,

the Z-score can be utilized to gauge the credit scores of firms. A Z-score that is less

than 1.81 is considered to be very vulnerable to bankruptcy. If the Z-score of a firm lies

‐50

‐40

‐30

‐20

‐10

0

10

20

30

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

Debt Service Margin

Bunge

Archer Daniels Midland

Corn Products

CHS Inc.

Industry Average

Page 118: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

118

within the range of 1.81-2.67 then the company is in a “gray area”. Finally, bankruptcy

does not pose a large threat to firms with Z-scores over 2.67. Firms that exhibit scores

over 3 are considered to be in very sound condition. The Z-score of a firm can be

calculated by the following equation (Palepu & Healy):

1.2*(Working Capital/Total Assets) + Measures liquidity

1.4*(Retained Earnings/Total Assets) + Measures profitability

3.3*(Earnings Before Interest & Taxes/Total Assets) + Measures return on assets

.6*(Market Value of Equity/Book Value of Liabilities) + Measures market leverage

Asset Turnover (Sales/Assets) Measures potential of assets

Below is a graph that exhibits the Z-scores of each firm in the industry over the

past five years. CHS Inc. is not included in this analysis because the firm did not

disclose its retained earnings for the five year period and does not currently issue

common stock. There are only three firms and that were available to calculate a Z-

Score, and an industry average was computed as well.

2.5

3

3.5

4

4.5

5

2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

Z‐Score

Bunge

Archer Daniels Midland

Corn Products

Industry Average

Page 119: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

119

The industry as a whole has exhibited relatively high Z-scores over the past five

years. In 2005, Corn Products produced a Z-Score of 2.53 that landed the firm in a

“gray area”. This suggests that in that year they might have had trouble paying off their

debts. They have since seen a steady increase in their Z-scores. Archer Daniels Midland

saw their Z-score increase by more than 1 from 2004-2007. Although ADM’s Z-Score fell

in 2008 they have consistently led the industry with very superior numbers. Bunge has

stayed within a .5 range over the past five years. The firm’s Z-score did not fall out of

the 3.5-4 range. Bunge consistently beat the industry average over the five year period

which leads us to believe that the company is faring well. All firms in the industry

experienced declines in their Z-scores in 2008. This can most likely be attributed to a

slower economy and rising prices for commodities. Overall, the trend has remained

stable as the Z-score has been slightly volatile over the years and has not exhibited

major increases or decreases.

Conclusion

These capital structure ratios measure up Bunge’s overall ability to finance their

assets. The company showed average performance compared to the total industry but

none of their ratios were that bad. Debt to equity did show a very high capital risk

which could dramatically increase Bunge’s credit risk. However, compared to the

industry as a whole their ratio proved to be at par. They were outperformed by all their

competitors when regarding times interest earned but still kept a ratio above 4 times.

They will need to improve this ratio by increasing efficiency of operating income if they

want to keep up with their competition. The good news is they have shown an

increasing trend of doing so while some others are decreasing. Their debt service

margin, although shaky in the past, is currently at a terrific point. They outperformed

most competitors in 2008 and kept cash flows from operating activities high. The Z-

scores Bunge posted in the past five years are healthy and do not suggest evidence of a

potential bankruptcy. Overall investors should be happy with the capital structure of

Bunge although there are still some questions of efficiency.

Page 120: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

120

Ratio Performance Trend

Debt to Equity Ratio Average Slightly Decreasing

Times Interest Earned Underperforming Increasing

Debt Service Margin

Z-Score

Outperforming

Outperforming

Increasing

Stable

Overall Slightly Outperforming Slightly Increasing

FINANCIAL FORECASTING

By using historical data and trends, it is possible to forecast a company’s future

financial statements. In order to forecast future financial statements, we will use ratios,

trends, averages, and growth rates. Out of the four financial statements, we will

forecast the income statement, balance sheet and the statement of cash flows. Each of

these statements will be forecasted for the next ten years. We begin our forecasting

with the income statement because it is most important in determining the profitability

of the company. Next we will forecast the balance sheet to ensure that our future

assets will equal the future liabilities and owner’s equity. Then we will forecast future

cash flows. After the initial forecasting we will convert the actual financial statements

into common size sheets so the data can be easily interpreted from year to year.

Income Statement

The most important financial statement to forecast is the income statement. The

income statement will be the first statement to be forecast. Only after it is forecasted

can the two remaining statements be derived. The first step in forecasting the income

statement is to establish a sales growth rate. Unfortunately, Bunge’s sales growth rate

has been extremely volatile for the past five years. The previous years have seen a

range from -3.4% to 44%. Due to the economy being in recession, we predict that

Page 121: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

121

Bunge will see smaller growth in the next two year compared to other future years. We

have predicted a growth rate of 3% for 2009 and 2010, after we predict Bunge will see

growth of 4%. We believe this is a solid estimate because even in a recession people

will still continue to buy food and food products.

The next step in forecasting the income statement is to estimate cost of goods

sold. For the past five years Bunge’s cost of goods sold has steadily been 93% of net

sales. By using the forecasted net sales we are able to derive future cost of goods sold

by multiplying net sales by 93%. We know that the industry is mature and low margins

will continue to stay intact over the next ten years.

Gross profit is the third item on the income statement to be forecasted. By

simple subtracting cost of goods sold from net sales, gross profit is found. After gross

profit, we forecasted operating income. Bunge had an average operating income

divided by net sales of 2.77%, but by removing an outlying percentage of 1.8%, we

predict operating income will be 3% of net sales for the next ten years.

The final item to be forecasted on the income statement is net income. Net

income is also affected by the market pressure of the industry. The competitive nature

of agribusiness keeps these ratios consistent to total revenues. Cost control is a major

player in the overall profitability of the industry. With all factors maxed out, we see no

real room for net profits to increase. Over the previous five years, Bunge’s net income

has consistently been 3% of net sales. Since their numbers have been consistent, we

decided to use 3% for the future ten years.

Page 122: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

122

Income Statement Fiscal Year 

20032004

20052006

20072008

Average Assume

20092010

20112012

20132014

20152016

20172018

Dollars in millions, except per shareNet Sales

22,195    

25,234    

24,377    

26,274    

37,842    

52,574    

54151.2255775.76

58006.7960327.06

62740.1465249.75

67859.7470574.13

73397.0976332.97

Cost of Goods Sold(20,890)

(23,348)(22,806)

(24,703)(35,327)

(48,538)50360.63

51871.4553946.31

56104.1658348.33

60682.2663109.55

65633.9468259.29

70989.67Gross Profit

1,3051,886

1,5711,571

2,5154,036

3790.593904.30

4060.484222.89

4391.814567.48

4750.184940.19

5137.805343.31

SG&A(691)

(871)(956)

(978)(1,359)

(1,613)1949.44

2007.932088.24

2171.772258.65

2348.992442.95

2540.672642.30

2747.99Gain on Sale of Soy Ingredients Business

111Interest Income

102103

104119

166214

232.85239.84

249.43259.41

269.78280.57

291.80303.47

315.61328.23

Interest Expense(215)

(214)(231)

(280)(353)

(361)498.19

513.14533.66

555.01577.21

600.30624.31

649.28675.25

702.26Foreign Exchange Gain/Loss

92(31)

(22)59

217(749)

Other Income (Expenses)‐net3

1822

3115

10

Income from Operations‐ Before Tax707

891448

5221,201

1,5371624.54

1673.271740.20

1809.811882.20

1957.492035.79

2117.222201.91

2289.99Income Tax (Expense) Benefit

(201)(289)

8236

(310)(245)

Income from Operations‐ After Tax506

602570

558891

1,2921272.55

1310.731363.16

1417.691474.39

1533.371594.70

1658.491724.83

1793.82Minority Interest

(104)(146)

(71)(60)

(146)(262)

Equity in Earnings of Affiliates16

1331

2333

34

Net Income411

469530

521778

1,0641083.02

1115.521160.14

1206.541254.80

1304.991357.19

1411.481467.94

1526.66

Common Size Income StatementFiscal Year

20032004

20052006

20072008

Average Assume

20092010

20112012

20132014

20152016

20172018

Dollars in millions, except per shareSales Growth Rate

13.7%‐3.4%

7.8%44.0%

38.9%20.2%

4.00%3.00%

3.00%4.00%

4.00%4.00%

4.00%4.00%

4.00%4.00%

4.00%Net Sales

100%100%

100%100%

100%100.0%

Cost of Goods Sold94.1%

92.5%93.6%

94.0%93.4%

92.3%93.2%

93.00%93.00%

93.00%93.00%

93.00%93.00%

93.00%93.00%

93.00%93.00%

93.00%Gross Profit

5.9%7.5%

6.4%6.0%

6.6%7.7%

6.8%7.00%

7.00%7.00%

7.00%7.00%

7.00%7.00%

7.00%7.00%

7.00%SG&A

3.1%3.5%

3.9%3.7%

3.6%3.1%

3.6%3.60%

3.60%3.60%

3.60%3.60%

3.60%3.60%

3.60%3.60%

3.60%3.60%

Gain on Sale of Soy Ingredients Business0.5%

Interest Income0.46%

0.41%0.43%

0.45%0.44%

0.41%0.43%

0.43%0.43%

0.43%0.43%

0.43%0.43%

0.43%0.43%

0.43%0.43%

0.43%Interest Expense

0.97%0.85%

0.95%1.07%

0.93%0.69%

0.90%0.92%

0.92%0.92%

0.92%0.92%

0.92%0.92%

0.92%0.92%

0.92%0.92%

Foreign Exchange Gain/Loss0.41%

0.12%0.09%

0.22%0.57%

1.42%0.47%

Other Income (Expenses)‐net0.01%

0.07%0.09%

0.12%0.04%

0.02%0.06%

Income from Operations‐ Before Tax3.2%

3.5%1.8%

2.0%3.2%

2.9%2.77%

3.00%3.00%

3.00%3.00%

3.00%3.00%

3.00%3.00%

3.00%3.00%

3.00%Income Tax (Expense) Benefit

Income from Operations‐ After Tax2.28%

2.39%2.34%

2.12%2.35%

2.46%2.32%

2.35%2.35%

2.35%2.35%

2.35%2.35%

2.35%2.35%

2.35%2.35%

2.35%Minority Interest

Equity in Earnings of Affiliates

Net Income1.85%

1.86%2.17%

1.98%2.06%

2.02%1.99%

2.00%2.00%

2.00%2.00%

2.00%2.00%

2.00%2.00%

2.00%2.00%

2.00%

ACTUAL FINANCIALS

ACTUAL FINANCIALS

FORECASTED FINANCIALS

FORECASTED FINANCIALS

Page 123: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

123

Balance Sheet

The second financial statement to be forecasted is the balance sheet. By using the

asset turnover ratio, it is possible to directly link Bunge’s income statement to their

balance sheet. Bunge had an asset turnover ratio close to 2.4 for the past five years.

By dividing the one year ahead previously forecasted net sales by 2.4, we derive total

assets for the year.

By finding total non-current assets as a percentage of total assets for the

previous five years, we recognized that Bunge’s total non-current assets were generally

35% of total assets. Next we subtract total non-current assets from total assets to find

current assets.

The next item to forecast on the balance sheet is total current liabilities. By

using the current ratio, current assets divided by current liabilities, this is possible.

Over the past five years Bunge had an average current ratio of 1.6. By dividing current

assets we forecasted by 1.6, we predicted the current liabilities.

The next item on the balance sheet to be forecasted is stock holders equity.

Retained earnings is derived by taking the previous year’s retained earnings and adding

forecasted net income and subtracting out dividends paid. The first two parts of this

have already been found, but dividends will be needed to be predicted. Over the past

five years Bunge has consistently increased their dividends paid per common share by

six cents. This consistency leads us to believe that this trend will continue without

alteration in the future. After future retained earnings have been established, we can

find total stock holder’s equity by adding the changes in retain earnings to the previous

year’s stock holder’s equity.

By having total assets and total stock holder’s equity forecasted, we can find

total liabilities. By rearranging the balance sheet equation, assets=liabilities + stock

holder’s equity, we simple subtract stock holder’s equity from total assets to derive total

liabilities. Since we previously established current liabilities by applying the current

Page 124: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

124

ratio, we can find total non-current liabilities by subtracting total current liabilities from

total liabilities.

Next, we can forecast several other items on the balance sheet by applying ratios

we have found. By using the accounts receivable turnover ratio, we can forecast

accounts receivable. By not recognizing an outlying ratio in 2008, we believe Bunge’s

accounts receivable turnover will equal 15 for the next ten years. We then derived

inventory by applying the inventory turnover ratio. A trend helped us predict that

Bunge will have an inventory turnover ratio of 8.6 in the future. Next, we created a

new ratio in order to forecast property, plant and equipment. By dividing net sales by

one year lag amount of property, plant and equipment, we found Bunge generally had

a property, plant and equipment turnover of 12. We then divided the forecasted net

sales by 12 in order to derive future property, plant and equipment.

Page 125: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

125

Bunge 2009 10‐KForecasted Balance Sheet

Balance SheetFiscal Year  2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 Average Assume 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

Dollars in millions, except per shareASSETS:Current Assets:

Cash & Cash Equivalents 489 432 354 365 981 1,004Accounts Receivable 1,495 1,928 1,702 1,879 2,541 2,350 3,610.08              3,718.38              3,867.12              4,021.80              4,182.68                4,349.98                4,523.98              4,704.94              4,893.14              5,088.86             

Inventories 2,867 2,636 2,769 3,684 5,924 5,653 5,855.89              6,031.56              6,272.83              6,523.74              6,784.69                7,056.08                7,338.32              7,631.85              7,937.13              8,254.61             Deferred Income Taxes 93 95 102 149 219 268Other Current Assets 1,474 1,577 1,637 2,316 4,853 3,901Total Current Assets 6,418 6,668 6,564 8,393 14,518 13,176 15,105.93            15,710.17            16,338.58            16,992.12            17,671.81              18,378.68              19,113.83            19,878.38            20,673.51            21,500.45           

PP&E 2,090 2,536 2,900 3,446 4,216 3,969 4,512.60              4,647.98              4,833.90              5,027.25              5,228.35                5,437.48                5,654.98              5,881.18              6,116.42              6,361.08             Goodwill 148 167 176 236 354 325

Other Intangible Assets‐ net 92 156 132 99 139 107Investments in Affiliates 537 564 585 649 706 761Deferred Income Taxes 233 273 462 714 903 864

Other Non‐Current Assets 366 543 627 810 1,155 1,028Total Non‐Current Assets 3,466 4,239 4,882 5,954 7,473 7,054 8,133.96                8,459.32                8,797.70                9,149.60                9,515.59                9,896.21                10,292.06              10,703.74              11,131.89              11,577.17             

TOTAL ASSETS 9,884 10,907 11,446 14,347 21,991 20,230 23,239.90              24,169.49              25,136.27              26,141.73              27,187.39              28,274.89              29,405.89              30,582.12              31,805.41              33,077.62             

LIABILITIES & OWNERS EQUITY:Current Liabilities:

Short‐Term Debt 889 541 411 454 590 473Current Portion‐Long Term Debt 128 140 178 156 522 78

Accounts Payable 1,678 1,898 1,803 2,328 4,061 4,158Deferred Income Taxes 42 38 38 54 166 104Other Current Liabilities 1,200 1,285 1,187 1,523 3,495 3,261Total Current Liabilities 3,937 3,902 3,617 4,515 8,834 8,074 9,441.21              9,818.86              10,211.61            10,620.08            11,044.88              11,486.67              11,946.14            12,423.99            12,920.95            13,437.78           

Long‐Term Debt 2,377 2,600 2,557 2,874 3,435 3,032Deferred Income Taxes 206 232 145 180 149 132

Other Non‐Current Liabilities 433 518 576 700 876 864Minority Interest in Subsidiaries 554 280 325 410 752 692

Total Non‐Current Liabilities 3,570 3,630 3,603 4,164 5,212 4,720 6,362.69                6,914.64                7,488.66                8,085.65                8,706.52                9,352.22                10,023.74              10,722.13              11,448.46              12,203.84             TOTAL LIABILITIES 7,507 7,532 7,220 8,679 14,046 12,794 15,803.90              16,733.49              17,700.27              18,705.73              19,751.39              20,838.89              21,969.89              23,146.12              24,369.41              25,641.62             

Stockholders Equity:Mandatory Convertible Preference Shares, Par Value $.01 863 863

Outstanding: 2008‐862,455; 2007‐862,500 (Liquidation‐ $1000/share)Convertible Perpetual Preference Shares, Par Value $.01 690 690 690

Outstanding: 2008 & 2007‐ 6,900,000 (Liquidation‐ $100/share)Common Shares, Par Value $.01; Authorized‐ 240,000,000 1 1 1 1 1 1

Additional Paid‐In Capital 2,010 2,361 2,630 2,690 2,760 2,849Retained Earnings 1,022 1,440 1,907 2,350 2,962 3,844 4,832.15                5,845.49                6,896.16                7,985.94                9,116.67                10,290.31              11,506.41              12,769.50              14,081.75              15,445.42             

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) (656) (427) (312) (63) 669 (811)TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY 2,377 3,375 4,226 5,668 7,945 7,436 7,436.00              7,436.00              7,436.00              7,436.00              7,436.00                7,436.00                7,436.00              7,436.00              7,436.00              7,436.00             

TOTAL LIABILITIES & OWNERS EQUITY 9,884 10,907 11,446 14,347 21,991 20,230 23,239.90            24,169.49            25,136.27            26,141.73            27,187.39              28,274.89              29,405.89            30,582.12            31,805.41            33,077.62           

COMMON SIZE BALANCE SHEETFiscal Year  2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 Average Assume 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

Dollars in millions, except per shareASSETS:Current Assets:

Cash & Cash Equivalents 4.9% 4.0% 3.1% 2.5% 4.5% 5.0% 4.0%Accounts Receivable 15.1% 17.7% 14.9% 13.1% 11.6% 11.6% 14.0% 15.5% 15.4% 15.4% 15.4% 15.4% 15.4% 15.4% 15.4% 15.4% 15.4%

Inventories 29.0% 24.2% 24.2% 25.7% 26.9% 27.9% 26.3% 25.2% 25.0% 25.0% 25.0% 25.0% 25.0% 25.0% 25.0% 25.0% 25.0%Deferred Income Taxes 0.9% 0.9% 0.9% 1.0% 1.0% 1.3% 1.0%Other Current Assets 14.9% 14.5% 14.3% 16.1% 22.1% 19.3% 16.9%Total Current Assets 64.9% 61.1% 57.3% 58.5% 66.0% 65.1% 62.2% 65.0% 65.0% 65.0% 65.0% 65.0% 65.0% 65.0% 65.0% 65.0% 65.0%

PP&E 21.1% 23.3% 25.3% 24.0% 19.2% 19.6% 22.1% 19.4% 19.2% 19.2% 19.2% 19.2% 19.2% 19.2% 19.2% 19.2% 19.2%Goodwill 1.5% 1.5% 1.5% 1.6% 1.6% 1.6% 1.6%

Other Intangible Assets‐ net 0.9% 1.4% 1.2% 0.7% 0.6% 0.5% 0.9%Investments in Affiliates 5.4% 5.2% 5.1% 4.5% 3.2% 3.8% 4.5%Deferred Income Taxes 2.4% 2.5% 4.0% 5.0% 4.1% 4.3% 3.7%

Other Non‐Current Assets 3.7% 5.0% 5.5% 5.6% 5.3% 5.1% 5.0%Total Non‐Current Assets 35.1% 38.9% 42.7% 41.5% 34.0% 34.9% 37.8% 35.0% 35.0% 35.0% 35.0% 35.0% 35.0% 35.0% 35.0% 35.0% 35.0%

TOTAL ASSETS 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%

LIABILITIES & OWNERS EQUITY:Current Liabilities:

Short‐Term Debt 9.0% 5.0% 3.6% 3.2% 2.7% 2.3%Current Portion‐Long Term Debt 1.3% 1.3% 1.6% 1.1% 2.4% 0.4%

Accounts Payable 17.0% 17.4% 15.8% 16.2% 18.5% 20.6%Deferred Income Taxes 0.4% 0.3% 0.3% 0.4% 0.8% 0.5%Other Current Liabilities 12.1% 11.8% 10.4% 10.6% 15.9% 16.1%Total Current Liabilities 39.8% 35.8% 31.6% 31.5% 40.2% 39.9% 40.6% 40.6% 40.6% 40.6% 40.6% 40.6% 40.6% 40.6% 40.6% 40.6%

Long‐Term Debt 24.0% 23.8% 22.3% 20.0% 15.6% 15.0%Deferred Income Taxes 2.1% 2.1% 1.3% 1.3% 0.7% 0.7%

Other Non‐Current Liabilities 4.4% 4.7% 5.0% 4.9% 4.0% 4.3%Minority Interest in Subsidiaries 5.6% 2.6% 2.8% 2.9% 3.4% 3.4%

Total Non‐Current Liabilities 36.1% 33.3% 31.5% 29.0% 23.7% 23.3% 27.4% 28.6% 29.8% 30.9% 32.0% 33.1% 34.1% 35.1% 36.0% 36.9%TOTAL LIABILITIES 76.0% 69.1% 63.1% 60.5% 63.9% 63.2% 68.0% 69.2% 70.4% 71.6% 72.6% 73.7% 74.7% 75.7% 76.6% 77.5%

Stockholders Equity: 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0%Mandatory Convertible Preference Shares, Par Value $.01 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 3.9% 4.3%

Outstanding: 2008‐862,455; 2007‐862,500 (Liquidation‐ $1000/share) 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0%Convertible Perpetual Preference Shares, Par Value $.01 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 4.8% 3.1% 3.4%

Outstanding: 2008 & 2007‐ 6,900,000 (Liquidation‐ $100/share) 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0%Common Shares, Par Value $.01; Authorized‐ 240,000,000 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0%

RE(t) ‐ RE(t‐1) 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0%Additional Paid‐In Capital 20.3% 21.6% 23.0% 18.7% 12.6% 14.1%

Retained Earnings 10.3% 13.2% 16.7% 16.4% 13.5% 19.0% 20.8% 24.2% 27.4% 30.5% 33.5% 36.4% 39.1% 41.8% 44.3% 46.7%Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) ‐6.6% ‐3.9% ‐2.7% ‐0.4% 3.0% ‐4.0%

TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY 24.0% 30.9% 36.9% 39.5% 36.1% 36.8% 32.0% 30.8% 29.6% 28.4% 27.4% 26.3% 25.3% 24.3% 23.4% 22.5%TOTAL LIABILITIES & OWNERS EQUITY 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%

ACTUAL FINANCIALS FORECASTED FINANCIALS

ACTUAL FINANCIALS FORECASTED FINANCIALS

Page 126: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

126

Statement of Cash Flows

The final financial statement to forecast is the statement of cash flows.

Unfortunately, forecasting the statement of cash flows is the most imperfect of the

three statements being forecasted. The statement of cash flows consists of three parts,

cash flows from operations, cash flows from investing and cash flows from financing.

Cash flow from operations is the most important of the three parts because it shows

how efficient the company is.

To forecast cash flow from operations we compared Bunge’s reported cash flow

from operations, CFFO, with three things. First we calculated CFFO over Net sales, next

CFFO over Net Income and finally CFFO over Operating Income. Only CFFO over

Operating Income provided a ratio consistent enough to use for the purpose of

forecasting. In 2003 and 2004 Bunge had CFFO divided by Operating Income equal to

.9 and .853. Because of this, we estimated that in the future Bunge’s CFFO would be

.875 of Operating Income.

Next, we forecasted cash flow from investing, CFFI. Since the majority of CFFI is

due to investing in long term assets, we decided to forecast CFFI by calculating the

change in property, plant and equipment. The last forecast made on the statement of

cash flows is cash flow for financing, CFFF. The only legitimate forecast that can be

made in relation to CFFF is the amount of dividends Bunge will pay. As stated before,

we recognized that Bunge has increased its dividends by six cents per share of common

stock each year. Therefore, we derived the forecasted CFFF from this increase.

Page 127: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

127

Bunge 2009 10‐KForecasted Cash Flow Statement

Cash Flow StatementFiscal Year  2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 Average  Assume 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

Dollars in millions, except per shareNet Income 411 469 530 521 778 1064 1,083.02 1,115.52 1,160.14 1,206.54 1,254.80 1,304.99 1,357.19 1,411.48 1,467.94 1,526.66

Adjustments: Gain on Sale of Soy Ingredients Business (111)Foreign Exchange Loss (Gain) On Debt (120) (85) (112) (175) (285) 472

Impairment of Assets 56 17 35 20 70 18Bad Debt Expense 3 58 40 41 46 69

Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization 184 212 278 324 385 439Stock‐Based Compensation Expense 25 17 19 48 66

Gain on Sale of Assets (6) (13) (36) (22) (14)(Decrease) Increase in Recoverable Taxes Provision (38) 2 (27) 5 81 (9)

Deferred Income Taxes (17) (56) (238) (191) (62) (251)Minority Interest 104 146 71 60 146 262

Equity in Earnings of Affiliates (13) (31) (23) (33) (34)Changes in Operating Assets/Liabilities:

Accounts Receivable (129) (398) 270 (69) (319) (338)Inventories (249) 328 (11) (729) (1743) (905)

Prepaid Commodity Purchase Contracts (76) 211 (41) (88) (184) 300Secured Advances to Suppliers (30) (341) 135 256 207 (143)

Accounts Payable 174 164 (337) 365 1231 1161Arbitration Settlement (57)

Advances on Sales (24) 190 (106)Unrealized Net Gain/Loss on Derivative Contracts 17 81 (184) (530) 184

Margin Deposits 54 (9) (85) (175) 8Accrued Liabilities 64 299 207

Other‐ net (146) (2) (256) (360) (539) 93CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES (41) 802 382 (289) (411) 2543 1421.47 1464.11 1522.68 1583.59 1646.93 1712.81 1781.32 1852.57 1926.67 2003.74

Investing ActivitiesPayments made for capital expenditures (304) (437) (522) (503) (658) (896)

Acquisitions of businesses and intangible assets (196) (355) (50) (74) (153) (131)Investments in Affiliates (24) (18) (91) (39) (71)

Proceeds from disposal of PPE 28 14 59 49 55 39Return of capital from Affiliates 17 38 18

Related party repayments (loans) (13) 13 21 (22) (47)(Payments for) proceeds from investments 11 23 (94)

CASH PROVIDED BY INVESTING ACTIVITIES 60 (824) (480) (611) (794) (1106) (1,079.96)                 (325.36) (338.37) (351.91) (365.98) (380.62) (395.85) (411.68) (428.15) (445.28)Financing Activities

Net change in short‐term debt maturitites of 90 days or less (381) (348) (130) 11 19 (687)Proceeds from short‐term debt with maturities of greater than 90 days 851 860 1210 488 1105 1887Repayments of short‐term debt with maturities greater than 90 days (529) (678) (952) (200) (1029) (1206)

Proceeds from sale of preference shares, net 677 844Proceeds from sale of common shares 7 348 13 16 32 7

Dividends paid to preference share holdersDividends paid to common share holders (51) (58) (68) (75) (80) (88) (94.87) (102.17) (109.47) (116.77) (124.07) (131.36) (141.09) (148.39) (155.69) (162.99)

Dividends paid to minority interest (63) (52) (57) (27) (18) (154)Minority interst investments in less than wholly‐owned subsidiaries  27

Other netCASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES (61) (91) 21 891 1762 (1146) (94.87) (102.17) (109.47) (116.77) (124.07) (131.36) (141.09) (148.39) (155.69) (162.99)

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents 61 56 (1) 20 59 (268)Net increase in cash and cash equivalents 19 (57) (78) 11 616 23

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period 470 489 432 354 365 981Cash and cash equivalents, end of period 489 432 354 365 981 1004

Common Size Cash Flow Statement2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 Average  Assume 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

Dollars in millions, except per shareNet Income ‐1002.4% 58.5% 138.7% ‐180.3% ‐189.3% 41.8% 76.2% 76.2% 76.2% 76.2% 76.2% 76.2% 76.2% 76.2% 76.2% 76.2%

Adjustments: Foreign Exchange Loss (Gain) On Debt 292.7% ‐10.6% ‐29.3% 60.6% 69.3% 18.6%

Impairment of Assets ‐136.6% 2.1% 9.2% ‐6.9% ‐17.0% 0.7%Bad Debt Expense ‐7.3% 7.2% 10.5% ‐14.2% ‐11.2% 2.7%

Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization ‐448.8% 26.4% 72.8% ‐112.1% ‐93.7% 17.3%Stock‐Based Compensation Expense 0.0% 3.1% 4.5% ‐6.6% ‐11.7% 2.6%

Gain on Sale of Assets 0.0% ‐0.7% ‐3.4% 12.5% 5.4% ‐0.6%(Decrease) Increase in Recoverable Taxes Provision 92.7% 0.2% ‐7.1% ‐1.7% ‐19.7% ‐0.4%

Deferred Income Taxes 41.5% ‐7.0% ‐62.3% 66.1% 15.1% ‐9.9%Minority Interest ‐253.7% 18.2% 18.6% ‐20.8% ‐35.5% 10.3%

Equity in Earnings of Affiliates 0.0% ‐1.6% ‐8.1% 8.0% 8.0% ‐1.3%Changes in Operating Assets/Liabilities: 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0%

Accounts Receivable 314.6% ‐49.6% 70.7% 23.9% 77.6% ‐13.3%Inventories 607.3% 40.9% ‐2.9% 252.2% 424.1% ‐35.6%

Prepaid Commodity Purchase Contracts 185.4% 26.3% ‐10.7% 30.4% 44.8% 11.8%Secured Advances to Suppliers 73.2% ‐42.5% 35.3% ‐88.6% ‐50.4% ‐5.6%

Accounts Payable ‐424.4% 20.4% ‐88.2% ‐126.3% ‐299.5% 45.7%Arbitration Settlement 139.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0%

Advances on Sales 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 8.3% ‐46.2% ‐4.2%Unrealized Net Gain/Loss on Derivative Contracts 0.0% 2.1% 21.2% 63.7% 129.0% 7.2%

Margin Deposits 0.0% 6.7% ‐2.4% 29.4% 42.6% 0.3%Accrued Liabilities 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% ‐22.1% ‐72.7% 8.1%

Other‐ net 356.1% ‐0.2% ‐67.0% 124.6% 131.1% 3.7%CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%

Investing ActivitiesPayments made for capital expenditures ‐506.7% 53.0% 108.8% 82.3% 82.9% 81.0%

Acquisitions of businesses and intangible assets ‐326.7% 43.1% 10.4% 12.1% 19.3% 11.8%Investments in Affiliates 0.0% 2.9% 3.8% 14.9% 4.9% 6.4%

Proceeds from disposal of PPE 46.7% ‐1.7% ‐12.3% ‐8.0% ‐6.9% ‐3.5%Return of capital from Affiliates 0.0% ‐2.1% ‐7.9% ‐2.9% 0.0% 0.0%

Related party repayments (loans) 0.0% 1.6% ‐2.7% ‐3.4% 2.8% 4.2%(Payments for) proceeds from investments 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% ‐1.8% ‐2.9% 8.5%

0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0%CASH PROVIDED BY INVESTING ACTIVITIES 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%

Financing ActivitiesNet change in short‐term debt maturitites of 90 days or less 624.6% 382.4% ‐619.0% 1.2% 1.1% 59.9%

Proceeds from short‐term debt with maturities of greater than 90 days ‐1395.1% ‐945.1% 5761.9% 54.8% 62.7% ‐164.7%Repayments of short‐term debt with maturities greater than 90 days 867.2% 745.1% ‐4533.3% ‐22.4% ‐58.4% 105.2%

Proceeds from sale of preference shares, net 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 76.0% 47.9% 0.0%proceeds from sale of common shares ‐11.5% ‐382.4% 61.9% 1.8% 1.8% ‐0.6%

Dividends paid to preference share holders 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0%Dividends paid to common share holders 83.7% 64.2% ‐324.4% ‐8.5% ‐4.6% 7.6%

Dividends paid to minority interest 103.3% 57.1% ‐271.4% ‐3.0% ‐1.0% 13.4%Minority interst investments in less than wholly‐owned subsidiaries  0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% ‐2.4%

Other net 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0%CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalentsNet increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of periodCash and cash equivalents, end of period

ACTUAL FINANCIALS FORECASTED FINANCIALS

ACTUAL FINANCIALS FORECASTED FINANCIALS

Page 128: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

128

Estimating Cost of Capital

Cost of Equity

Cost of equity can be defined as the minimum “compensation that the market

demands in exchange for owning the asset and bearing the risk of ownership.”

(Investopedia.com) When the risk associated with an asset is higher; shareholders

require a higher rate of return on their investment. We used the Capital Asset Pricing

Model (CAPM) to derive the cost of equity for Bunge. This is done by multiplying the

estimated beta of the firm by the market risk premium and then adding it to the risk

free rate. The market risk premium is the market return minus the risk free rate, which

can be derived from the most current Treasury bill rates. CAPM measures the amount

of return an investor can expect to receive when risk increases. The formula for CAPM

is:

Ke = Risk Free Rate + Beta (Market Risk Premium)

In order to find the most suitable beta for the pricing model, a regression

analysis was performed. Beta (β) measures the amount of systematic risk a firm has as

well as the sensitivity between the expected return on an asset and the market return.

Five points on the yield curve were analyzed in order to find a beta that best explains

the firm’s current risk. The returns that were used in the regression include ones on a 3

month, 1 year, 2 year, 7 year and 10 year basis. These were taken from the St. Louis

Federal Reserve economic database and were derived from the appropriate treasury

constant maturity. The results were subtracted from the monthly returns of the S&P

500 to create market risk premiums for each period. These MRPs were then regressed

against the monthly returns that Bunge has exhibited. Five slices of observations were

analyzed on each yield curve in order to produce an estimated beta, a 95% confidence

interval for the beta, and an estimated cost of equity. Each period included a 72 month,

Page 129: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

129

60 month, 48 month, 36 month, and 24 month regression. Below are the results of the

regression analysis.

Three Month Regression

Months Beta Adjusted R² MRP Risk Free Ke

72 1.3855 0.2705 6.8 2.87 12.2915

60 1.4609 0.2699 6.8 2.87 12.8039

48 1.4558 0.2656 6.8 2.87 12.7695

36 1.5739 0.2932 6.8 2.87 13.5724

24 1.6700 0.3016 6.8 2.87 14.2262

One Year Regression

Months Beta Adjusted R² MRP Risk Free Ke

72 1.3838 0.2706 6.8 2.87 12.2799

60 1.4592 0.2701 6.8 2.87 12.7928

48 1.4536 0.2659 6.8 2.87 12.7543

36 1.5705 0.2934 6.8 2.87 13.5491

24 1.6665 0.3015 6.8 2.87 14.2023

Page 130: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

130

Two Year Regression

Months Beta Adjusted R² MRP Risk Free Ke

72 1.3841 0.2707 6.8 2.87 12.2820

60 1.4580 0.2700 6.8 2.87 12.7845

48 1.4514 0.2658 6.8 2.87 12.7395

36 1.5672 0.2931 6.8 2.87 13.5266

24 1.6634 0.3011 6.8 2.87 14.1812

Seven Year Regression

Months Beta Adjusted R² MRP Risk Free Ke

72 1.3832 0.2710 6.8 2.87 12.2758

60 1.4489 0.2694 6.8 2.87 12.7227

48 1.4408 0.2653 6.8 2.87 12.6676

36 1.5564 0.2927 6.8 2.87 13.4534

24 1.6547 0.3007 6.8 2.87 14.1223

Ten Year Regression

Months Beta Adjusted R² MRP Risk Free Ke

72 1.3814 0.2709 6.8 2.87 12.2634

60 1.4450 0.2690 6.8 2.87 12.6961

48 1.4366 0.2649 6.8 2.87 12.6389

36 1.5521 0.2924 6.8 2.87 13.4241

24 1.6513 0.3005 6.8 2.87 14.0990

Page 131: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

131

Choosing which beta to use in the capital asset pricing model involves assessing

the explanatory power of each observation. The beta with the highest corresponding

adjusted R² should be used when estimating cost of equity. The adjusted R² helps

analysts determine the percentage of total risk that is explained by the systematic risk

of the firm (β). Therefore, the higher the adjusted R² the more explanatory power the

beta has. For example, the beta of the 24 month observation of a 10 year regression

explains a little over 30% of the total risk of the stock. As a result 70% of the risk of

this beta cannot be explained by market-wide risk. The beta that produced the highest

R² was derived from the 24 month observation in the three month regression period.

The beta of 1.67 explains 30.16% of the overall risk of Bunge’s stock. After plugging

the estimated beta into the CAPM formula along with the current market risk premium

and risk free rate, we computed the estimated cost of equity to be 14.23%. In

addition, a 95% confidence interval was calculated to provide an upper and lower

bound cost of equity. In other words, we are 95% confident that Bunge’s cost of equity

falls between 7.1% and 21.35%. These were calculated from the 95% confidence

interval for the estimated beta, which was identified as having a lower bound of .62 and

an upper bound of 2.72.

Estimated Ke: .1423= .0287 + 1.67 (.068)

Upper Ke: .2135= .0287 + 2.72 (.068)

Lower Ke: .071= .0287 + .62 (.068)

Size-Adjusted Cost of Equity

The size adjusted cost of equity suggests that factors other than systematic risk

influence long term rates of return. This includes the “size effect”, which implies that

the size of a firm can play a factor in the amount of return an investor receives. For

example, smaller firms have historically generated higher returns than those of larger

companies most likely because of the higher risk associated with investing. The size

adjusted cost of equity estimation was created in order to compensate for varying firm

Page 132: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

132

sizes. It suggests that there is less risk associated with larger firms. This method

combines an additional rate of return (taken from size deciles based on the market

capitalization of the firm) and the estimated CAPM, or cost of equity. The formula for

the size adjusted is as follows:

Ke = Risk Free Rate + β (Market Risk Premium) + Size Premium

The size adjustment table ranges from 1 to 10, with the largest firms falling into

the latter category. These are companies whose market capitalizations exceed 367

billion. As deciles approach 10, the betas of companies have shown to be lower and

therefore have exhibited lower size premiums. This supports our claim that the larger

the firm is the lower the risk of investment. Bunge currently has a market cap that falls

into the eighth decile. The respective size premium associated with this classification is

.9%. Therefore, we added this percentage onto the calculated CAPM to produce a size

adjusted cost of equity of 15.13%.

Size Adjusted Ke: .1513= .0287 + 1.67 (.068) + .009

Backdoor Cost of Equity

Another way to calculate cost of equity is the backdoor method. It is a common

alternative to the Capital Asset Pricing Model and incorporates different measures to

calculate Ke. The backdoor method determines cost of equity by utilizing the current

price of a firm’s stock. The formula for the backdoor method is as follows:

1 ROE K

K g

The current price to book ratio listed on Yahoo! Finance is 1.22. This

measurement takes into account the current market capitalization of the firm. The

return on equity factor was calculated by taking the average of the lagged form of the

ratio from the forecasted ten year period of 2009-2018. The forecasted ROE is expected

to average around 10.54% in the next ten years. The growth rate (g) for the backdoor

Page 133: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

133

method was derived from the average growth of the forecasted owner’s equity. This

was computed by using a growth formula for the predicted stockholders equity from

2009-2018 and then taking the average. By following this procedure, we have

estimated the growth rate for the backdoor method to be 9.49%. By setting the

formula up algebraically, we solved for Ke and determined it to be 10.35%.

BACKDOOR Ke

ROE Price/Book Value Growth Rate Cost of Equity

BG 10.54% 1.22 9.49% 10.35%

After analyzing the backdoor method of calculating cost of equity, we believe

that the CAPM method for estimating Ke is more reliable. The backdoor cost of equity is

3.88% less than the Ke estimated by CAPM. The size adjusted cost of equity also varies

significantly from the 10.35% that the backdoor method produced. We have concluded

that this rate is too low to reflect the estimated cost of equity for Bunge. The CAPM and

size adjusted rates of 14.23% and 15.13% have led us to believe that an accurate Ke

would lie more within that range.

Cost of Debt

The cost of debt (Kd) for a firm is the rate at which firms pay creditors to borrow

funds. It is important for analysts to consider this measure when performing a valuation

analysis because the higher the cost of debt, the more expensive it is to acquire debt.

To calculate the estimated cost of debt for a firm, the weighted average of interest

rates of liabilities (both short and long term) are computed and then added together. In

order to get a weighted average for each line item, the amount of each liability is

weighted against total liabilities. The appropriate interest rate for each liability is then

multiplied by that weight to produce a weighted interest rate. The sum of these rates

Page 134: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

134

are then calculated when every weighted interest rate has been found. The total of the

weighted interest rates equal the estimated cost of debt for the firm. The cost of debt

and cost of equity can then be entered into the Weighted Average Cost of Capital

(WACC) formula to produce an estimated cost of capital for the firm. Because equity

investors take on greater risk than that of debt holders, the cost of equity is typically

higher than that of the cost of debt. When WACC is performed, the estimated cost of

capital should lie between the Ke and Kd. In the case for most firms, the measures for

CAPM and WACC should follow the following pattern:

Risk Free Rate < Kd < WACC < Ke

The cost of equity is higher because these investors are only compensated when

all liabilities have been fulfilled. Therefore if a firm were to default on its payments,

shareholders would not receive a return on their investment unless the firm pays all of

its creditors.

The table below presents total liabilities with their respective interest rates.

These rates were taken from Bunge’s 10-K and the St. Louis Federal Reserve economic

database. The rate for short term debt was acquired by taking the weighted average of

interest rates listed under the short term debt schedule. Due to a 53.79% interest rate

that applied to $20 million of short term debt, the weighted average of short term debt

is estimated to be 11.79% (or 11.8%). The interest rate for long term debt was also

found by taking the weighted average of the long term debt schedule. Some portions of

overall long term debt had several interest rates. In an effort to avoid underestimating

cost of debt, we were conservative when weighing multiple interest rates for one line

item of long term debt. Therefore, we chose the highest interest rate stated for such

loans. The sum of the weighted interest rates for all of long term debt equaled 6.19%

(or 6.2%). Current portion of long term debt was also estimated to be 6.2% because

Bunge does not specify what specific debt is currently being paid off. Additionally, the

long term rate of 6.2% was applied to minority interest in subsidiaries because Bunge

has long term obligations to parties who own interest in their subsidiary companies

Page 135: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

135

The interest rate of 6.5% was allocated to other non-current liabilities. This rate

reflects that of future obligations for pensions. It is reported in Bunge’s 10-K that

99.2% of total pension plan obligations is recognized under noncurrent liabilities on the

balance sheet. For this reason, and the fact that Bunge did not disclose a rate for these

liabilities, we chose to weigh non-current liabilities with the pension plan rate of 6.5%.

The interest rates for the remainder of the liabilities on the balance sheet were taken

from the St. Louis Federal Reserve economic database. Accounts Payable and other

current liabilities were given a rate of .48%, which reflects the rate of the current 3

month AA Non-Financial Commercial paper rate. This rate is very low compared to the

rate from a year ago when it was over 1%. Thus, the low interest rate resulted in a

lower weighted rate that was used to estimate cost of debt. A rate of 2.87% was

applied to deferred income taxes, which was taken from the 10 year treasury yield

(monthly). When the weighted interest rates were added up, a rate of 3.05% was

calculated as the estimated cost of debt.

Page 136: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

136

COST OF DEBT

Amount Weight Rate Weighted

Rate Source of

Rate Current Liabilities:

Short Term Debt 473 3.70% 11.79% 0.436% Bunge 10-K Current Portion- LTD 78 0.61% 6.2% 0.038% Bunge 10-K

A/P 4158 32.50% 0.48% 0.156% St. Louis FED Deferred Income

Taxes 104 0.81% 2.87% 0.023% St. Louis FED Other Current

Liabilities 3261 25.49% 0.48% 0.122% St. Louis FED Total Current

Liabilities: 8074 0.775%

Long Term Liabilities:

Long Term Debt 3032 23.70% 6.2% 1.47% Bunge 10-K Deferred Income

Taxes 132 1.03% 2.87% 0.03% St. Louis FED Non-Current Liabilities 864 6.75% 6.5% 0.44% Bunge 10-K

Minority Interest in Subsidiaries 692 5.41% 6.2% 0.34% Bunge 10-K

Total Long Term Liabilities: 4720 2.27%

TOTAL LIABILITIES 12794 Kd 3.05%

Weighted Average Cost of Capital (WACC)

The cost of capital is an estimation of the overall interest rate a firm pays its

investors and creditors in order to finance its operations. The weighted average cost of

capital incorporates both the estimated cost of equity and cost of debt. The book value

of liabilities is divided by the value of the firm and multiplied by the estimated cost of

Page 137: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

137

debt. The market value of equity is also divided by the value of the firm and multiplied

by the Ke. These two measures are then added together to produce an overall interest

rate, or weighted average cost of capital. This calculation is done on both a before tax

(WACCbt) and after tax (WACCat) basis. In the after tax method of calculating cost of

capital, (1-tax rate) is multiplied by the weighted average cost of debt. When

calculated, it is added to the weighted average cost of equity to produce the after tax

cost of capital. Below are the WACCbt and WACCat for Bunge as well as the WACCbt for

the upper and lower bound cost of equities.

WACCbt= (BVL/MVF)(Kd) + (MVE/MVF)(Ke) WACCat= (BVL/MVF)(Kd)(1-t) + (MVE/MVF)(Ke)

WEIGHTED AVERAGE COST OF CAPITAL (WACC)

BVL/MVF Kd Tax Rate MVE/MVF Ke WACC

WACC (BT) 64.03% 3.05% 0% 35.97% 14.23% 7.07%

WACC (AT) 64.03% 3.05% 35% 35.97% 14.23% 6.43% WACC (BT)- Upper 64.03% 3.05% 0% 35.97% 21.35% 9.63% WACC (BT)- Lower 64.03% 3.05% 0% 35.97% 7.10% 4.51%

We found the estimated before tax cost of capital for Bunge to be 7.07%. This is

expected due to the high percentage of firm value that liabilities represent. This

suggests that Bunge relies heavily on debt to finance its business. It also makes sense

because the calculated debt/equity ratios over the past five years for Bunge were all

well over one. If the estimated WACC for Bunge is correct, then the firm must produce

a 7.07% return on its assets to successfully compensate stockholders, bondholders and

other investors for their risk tolerance. When the 35% tax rate that was provided in the

firm’s 10-K is applied, the after tax cost of capital comes out to be 9.63%. Using the

Page 138: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

138

upper and lower bound cost of equities, a 95% confidence level can be formed.

According to the table, we can be 95% confident that the true cost of capital for Bunge

lies between 4.51% and 9.63%.

THREE MONTH- 24 OBSERVATION REGRESSION

SUMMARY OUTPUT 

Regression Statistics 

Multiple R  0.576143512 

R Square  0.331941346 Adjusted R Square  0.301575044 Standard Error  0.131563454 

Observations  24 

ANOVA 

   df  SS  MS  F Significance 

Regression  1  0.189208206  0.189208206  10.93124022  0.003214114 

Residual  22  0.380796731  0.017308942 

Total  23  0.570004938          

   Coefficients Standard Error  t Stat  P‐value  Lower 95%  Upper 95%  Lower 95.0%  Upper 95.0% 

Intercept  0.037660368  0.030175637  1.248038881  0.225137128 ‐

0.024920072  0.100240809 ‐

0.024920072  0.100240809 

X Variable 1  1.670027271  0.505113346  3.306242614  0.003214114  0.62248631  2.717568231  0.62248631  2.717568231 

Page 139: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

139

VALUATION ANALYSIS

Introduction

To this point we have analyzed Bunge’s operations, accounting structure, and

current and expected financial performance. The valuation analysis will help us

determine an overall opinion on the value of Bunge. The method of comparables and

intrinsic models are tools that will provide estimates of whether the firm is undervalued,

overvalued or fairly valued. Each method of comparable and individual intrinsic model

will calculate an estimated share price based on different factors. The closing stock

price of $57.94 was taken on April 1, 2009 in order to have a benchmark for computed

share prices. From the estimated share prices we can determine if it is wise for the

typical investor to buy shares in Bunge or seek a more lucrative stock.

Method of Comparables

Using the method of comparables is one way to value a firm’s stock price. By

computing various ratios from several firms and industry averages we can derive

Bunge’s stock price. Each ratio has one variable divided by another to compute a price.

By finding an industry average and multiplying it by one of Bunge’s variables, we can

compute a price based on the industry average. We will be using a 15% confidence

range. On April 1, 2009 Bunge’s common share price closed at $57.94. Therefore, any

computed price that falls below $49.25 will result in Bunge’s stock price being declared

overvalued. Also any computed price exceeding $66.63 will be declared undervalued.

Any computed comparable price above $49.25 and below $66.63 will be deemed fairly

valued. Although the method of comparables is widely used by investors, we consider

them not highly conclusive because they are not backed by theory. Each firm in the

industry is not identical and may run their company differently than competitors. That

being said, the method of comparables does not take this into account in any of the

ratios. We will be analyzing these eight comparables: Trailing P/E, Forecasted P/E, P/B,

DIV/P, P/EBITDA, P.E.G., EV/EBITDA, and P/FCF. All comparable ratios are computed

Page 140: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

140

using prices as of April 1, 2009 and numbers and ratios for competitors were taken

from Yahoo! Finance (http://finance.yahoo.com).

Trailing P/E

P/E Trailing 

Company   PPS  EPS  P/E Trailing  Computed Price 

BG  57.94  8.11    52.92

ADM  28.35     6.61   

CPO  21.61     6.44   

      Average  6.525   

The trailing price to earnings ratio is defined by taking the firm’s market price of

equity and dividing it by the previous year’s earnings per share. The trailing EPS can be

derived by dividing the previous year’s net income by the total number of shares

outstanding. By using previous year’s numbers one can argue that the trailing price to

earnings ratio is more relevant than using forecasts in assessing value because it is a

proven number. When we found the industry average of 6.525 for the trailing P/E we

multiplied it by Bunge’s current EPS to get a computed price of $52.92. This computed

price suggests Bunge’s stock is fairly valued.

Page 141: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

141

Forecasted P/E

Forecasted P/E 

Company  PPS  Forecasted EPS  P/E Forecasted Computed 

Price 

BG  57.94  8.90    76.05 

ADM  28.35     9.47       

CPO  21.61     7.62       

      Average  8.545       

This price to earnings ratio is computed by taking the market price of equity and

dividing it by the forecasted earnings per share for the future. This number is more of

estimation when computing price since the firm’s earnings per share is a predicted

future value. When growth is expected we will see that the forecasted price to earnings

value should be greater than the trailing price to earnings value. After computing the

industry average of 8.545, we then multiplied this average by Bunge’s future EPS of 8.9

to find a comparable price of $76.05. By using a 15% confidence range, this computed

price would tell us that Bunge’s shares are undervalued.

Price to Book

Price/Book 

Company  PPS  BPS  P/B  Computed Price 

BG  57.94  61.14 0.948 73.67

ADM  28.35     1.20   

CPO  21.61     1.21   

      Average  1.205   

The price to book ratio is an important factor when assessing a firm’s value

because it uses fairly stable numbers. By dividing the company’s current price per share

Page 142: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

142

by their current book value of equity per share we can do a better job determining

whether or not the firm’s current stock price is over, under, or fairly valued. This

comparable is one of the best ways to do so. By taking the 1.205 industry average of

price to book ratios and multiplying it by Bunge’s 61.14 book value of equity per share

we were able to conclude that their stock is undervalued. The computed price of $73.67

is far above that of the current stock price.

Dividends/Price

Div/P 

Company  Div  PPS  Div/P  Computed Price 

BG  0.72        34.33

ADM  0.52  28.35 0.018342   

CPO  0.51  21.61 0.0236   

      Average  0.020971   

This ratio is intended to measure the relationship between dividends paid to

investors and the current market price of shares. The ratio is computed by dividing the

total dividends paid to investors over the last year of operations by the current market

price per share. The industry average, excluding Bunge, was found to be .0209. By

dividing Bunge’s total dividends paid last year by the industry average Div/P, we

computed Bunge’s comparable price of $34.33. By using a 15% confidence range,

Bunge’s current share price is concluded to be overvalued.

Page 143: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

143

Price/EBITDA

P/EBITDA  

Company  Market Cap  EBITDA  P/EBITDA  Computed Price    

BG  5.85  2.109    54.51

ADM  15.26  4.37 3.491991      

CPO  1.58  0.565 2.79646      

      Average  3.144226      

This ratio is found by dividing a firm’s market capitalization by earnings before

interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. Market capitalization is found by

multiplying the current share price by the number of shares outstanding. The ratio is

intended to show the relationship between the market value of equity and cash flows

from operations. After calculating an industry average, excluding Bunge, of 3.144 we

multiplied it by Bunge’s EBITDA of 2.109 to get 6.631. We divided this 6.631 by the

number of shares outstanding (.12163 – the decimal was moved in order to calculate

the correct share price) to compute Bunge’s comparable price. By using a 15%

confidence range, a computed price of $54.51 can be deemed fairly valued.

P.E.G.

P.E.G. 

Company  EPS  P/E  Growth   P.E.G  Computed Price 

BG  8.90  7.14 9.00    43.44

ADM     6.61 15.00 0.440667       

CPO     6.44 10.00 0.644       

         Average  0.542333       

Page 144: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

144

Price earnings growth (P.E.G.) is a valuation method that takes into account

future growth of earnings. P.E.G. is calculated by dividing the trailing P/E by future

earnings growth. It is important to use trailing P/E instead of forecasted P/E because if

future P/E is used then growth is mistakenly doubled. An industry average P.E.G. was

calculated to be .542. By multiplying the industry average P.E.G. by Bunge’s future

growth rate of 9 and then multiplying by the 8.9 future earnings per share, we

computed a price of $43.44. With a 15% confidence range, Bunge is overvalued.

Enterprise Value/ EBITDA

EV/EBITDA 

Company  EV  EV/EBITDA  Computed Price 

BG  16.879    65.47

ADM     4.921   

CPO     4.305   

   Average  4.613   

Enterprise Value (EV) is defined as market capitalization plus book value of debt

minus cash and investments. By dividing Enterprise Value by EBITDA you compare the

value of a firm, free of debt, to its earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and

amortization. This ratio is useful because it does not take into effect an individual firm’s

capital structure. The industry average, excluding Bunge, was found to be 4.613. By

multiplying the industry average by Bunge’s EBITDA, then subtracting out book value of

debt plus cash and investments, and finally dividing by the number of shares

outstanding (121.63 million), we computed Bunge’s comparable price to be $65.47.

This computed price finds Bunge’s stock to be fairly valued.

Page 145: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

145

Price/ Free Cash Flow

P/FCF 

Company  PPS  FCF per Share   P/FCF  Computed Price 

BG  57.94  11.813    ‐53.09

ADM  28.35  ‐7.944 ‐3.56885   

CPO  21.61  ‐3.987 ‐5.4199   

      Average  ‐4.49438   

This ratio is intended to show the correlation between a company’s share price

and the free cash they generate. To find Free Cash Flow (FCF) we added cash flow

from operations (CFFO) to cash flow from investing (CFFI) and added the change in

cash flow from financing (CFFF). By dividing price per share by FCF per share we derive

P/FCF. Because both ADM and Corn Products had negative FCF, the industry average

was found to be -4.49. By multiplying Bunge’s FCF per share of 11.813 by the industry

average, we computed Bunge’s comparable price of -53.09. This share price is clearly

unrealistic and is not applicable.

Page 146: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

146

Conclusion

Comparable Ratios  Valuation Results 

Trailing P/E  Fairly Valued 

Forecasted P/E  Undervalued 

Price/Book  Undervalued 

Div/Price  Overvalued 

Price/EBITDA  Fairly Valued 

P.E.G  Overvalued 

EV/EBITDA  Fairly Valued 

Price/FCF  N/A 

We can conclude by using several comparables that Bunge’s stock price on April

1, 2009 of $57.94 is a fair price. This is concluded by using a 15% confidence range.

The results are mixed with Forecasted P/E and Price/Book both indicating that Bunge is

undervalued. Div/Price and P.E.G. indicate that as of April 1, 2009 Bunge is overvalued.

The remaining three ratios all indicate that the current price is fairly valued. An absolute

conclusion on Bunge’s stock price value is impossible to define simply by utilizing

method of comparable ratios. These ratios are not backed by sound theory; therefore

we cannot heavily weigh their results.

Intrinsic Valuation

We will use several different models in this category to help determine Bunge’s

actual value. The models that have been compiled and analyzed are the dividend

discount, forecasted free cash flows, residual income growth, long run residual income

growth, and abnormal earnings growth (AEG) valuations. The inputs to these models

include the forecasted financial measures that we have calculated for 2009-2018.

Page 147: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

147

Additionally, analysts have the opportunity to observe the sensitivity of the models

when growth rates, weighted average cost of capital (WACC), estimated cost of equity

(Ke), and return on equity move. These models are supported by financial theories that

provide a good estimate of what current stock prices should be. We have chosen a 15%

fairy valued interval to determine the value of share prices. Fifteen percent was chosen

because we believe this is a relatively conservative range on which a typical investor

can confidently rely. The share prices that each model presents will aid us in

determining the overall value of Bunge.

Discounted Dividend Model

The dividend discount model places value on a firm by calculating the present

value of all future dividends that will be paid to investors. This model will take into

account the forecasted dividends that we have estimated. The model is comprised of

two different calculations that determine share prices. First, the present value of

dividends per share is determined every year from 2009-2018. Then perpetuity in 2019

is brought back to time zero to represent all future dividends to be paid out after that

time.

Bunge has consistently increased dividends per share by $.06 every year.

Therefore we forecasted that this trend would continue over the next ten years and

beyond. The present value of each year’s dividend per share is calculated and then all

of them are added together. The present value for each year is calculated by

multiplying the present value factor by the dividend per share for that year. The present

value factor is found by dividing 1 by one plus the estimated Ke raised to the time, in

years, away from time zero (1/((1+Ke)^n)). In this case, the time away from time zero

would fall between 1-10 (2009-2018). For example, the year 2013 is five years away

from time zero, or 2008, so the denominator would be raised to the fifth. When the

present value factor for each year is found it is then multiplied by the dividend per

share for the correlating year. When this is completed we have computed the present

Page 148: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

148

value of dividends. In order to get the present value of year by year dividends per share

we must sum all of the present values of dividends.

The perpetuity for 2019 and beyond must then be calculated by dividing the

forecasted dividend per share for 2019 by the estimated cost of equity minus the

perpetuity growth rate (DPS/((Ke-g)). When this is completed an analyst must bring the

perpetuity back to time zero money. This is done by dividing the previous equation by

one plus the cost of equity raised to the tenth ((1+Ke)^10), or by one year before the

perpetuity. After this is calculated we will have determined the present value of the

terminal value perpetuity.

The dividend discount model share price can then be found by adding the

present value of the terminal value perpetuity to the present value of year by year

dividends. Because we are valuing the firm as of April 1, 2009 we must calculate a time

consistent price. This is done by multiplying the model share price by one plus the

estimated cost of equity raised to (3/12), or one quarter of a fiscal year. This will adjust

the price to reflect value at the beginning of the second quarter of 2009. The time

consistent price for a given cost of equity and perpetuity growth rate provides analysts

with a basis of value for Bunge.

Discounted Dividend Model

Overvalued < 49.25 < Fairly Valued < 66.63 < Undervalued

Ke

Growth Rate

0 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06

0.0800 15.07 16.23 17.78 19.96 23.22 28.65 39.51

0.1038 11.28 11.83 12.50 13.35 14.47 16.00 18.24

0.1275 8.96 9.25 9.59 10.00 10.50 11.13 11.95

0.1513 7.39 7.56 7.74 7.96 8.22 8.53 8.91

0.1750 6.27 6.37 6.48 6.61 6.76 6.93 7.13

0.1988 5.43 5.50 5.57 5.65 5.73 5.83 5.95

0.2225 4.79 4.83 4.88 4.93 4.98 5.04 5.11

Page 149: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

149

We multiplied the dividends per share for each year by their present value

factors and added them up using the size-adjusted estimated cost of equity of 15.13%.

For purposes of explanation a .04 growth rate will be used due to the fact the growth

rate of dividends per share was diverging near 4% in year 10. The present value of

year by year dividends at a 15.13% Ke and .04 g was $4.91. To derive the present

value of the terminal value perpetuity we divided the $1.38 DPS in 2019 by (.1513-.04).

This came out to be $12.40, which was further divided by ((1+.1513)^10) to obtain the

present value of the perpetuity. The present value of the perpetuity was calculated to

be $3.03. This was added to the $4.91 to get a model share price of $7.94. The time

consistent formula was applied to get the share price to 4/1/2009. We multiplied $7.94

by ((1.1513)^3/12). This gave us an estimated share price on April 1st to be $8.22. The

observed share price for the same date was $57.94. The $8.22 share price does not fall

into the 15% fairly valued range, but falls well below it. This leads us to conclude that

based on the DDM model at seven different growth rates and cost of equities, for a

total of 49 observations, Bunge is significantly overvalued.

Although the model suggest that Bunge is overvalued, the discounted dividend

model is not very effective when assessing the firm’s future dividends. Bunge does not

pay high dividends and this significantly brings down the PV of year by year dividends

per share. The DDM is also very sensitive to its inputs. Even the slightest change in cost

of equity or perpetuity growth rate will generate substantially different prices.

Therefore, the differences between forecasted dividends and actual dividends will cause

error and yield varying share prices. Additionally, the model assumes that the dividend

growth rate is upward sloping and the payout ratio is constant. It does not reflect the

volatility of the firm’s capital structure, market capitalization or other financial

measurements.

Page 150: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

150

Free Cash Flows Model

The free cash flows model can be used to calculate intrinsic values of a given

firm’s equity. The cash flow that a firm experiences in a specific year represents the

amount of cash that they will retain. Unlike the dividend discount model, the free cash

flows model will allow analysts to observe how capital gain increases affect stock prices.

The cash flows for a firm can be determined for each year by taking cash flows from

investing activities (CFFI) and subtracting it from cash flows from operations (CFFO).

This should be done for years 1-10, or 2009-2018.

The free cash flows model is supported by theory and has a higher explanatory

power than the discounted dividends model (>20%). Unlike the DDM model, the FCF

valuation method is not sensitive to forecast error or discount rate assumptions. Instead

it places more valuation emphasis on what the firm can do today and in the near future.

The FCF model takes into consideration capital gain increases that affect share prices.

There are three components to configuring the estimated share price under the

free cash flows model. First, the present value of year by year net cash flows from

2009-2018 must be calculated. Then we must determine the present value of a free

cash flows perpetuity for 2019 and beyond. These two components will eventually help

us determine a market value of assets in time zero. From there, we must take into

account the book value of liabilities to determine a market value of equity and model

share price.

To find the present value of year by year cash flows an analyst must first

configure each year’s net cash flow by subtracting cash flow from investing activities

(CFFI) from cash flow from operations (CFFO). Now the net cash flows from years 1-10

must be taken back to time zero. This is done by multiplying the net cash flow of each

year by its correlating present value factor. The present value factor for each year is

calculated by dividing 1 by one plus the estimated WACCbt raised to the time, in years,

away from time zero (1/((1+WACCbt)^n)). As mentioned before, this is the number of

Page 151: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

151

years the forecasted cash flow is away from 2008. The present value factor should be

determined for each year from 2009-2018. After this is done we can multiply the

present value factor for each year by the net cash flow for that same year. This will

result in the present value of cash flows for each year over the ten year period. The

total present value of year by year free cash flows can then be found by adding up all

of the present values of future cash flows from years 1-10 (2009-2018).

The perpetuity must then be calculated to produce a present value of all future

cash flows beyond 2019. The figure for year 2019 must be estimated to be the next

logical figure in the increasing or decreasing trend of the overall cash flows. When that

number has been formed, it is divided by WACCbt minus the perpetuity growth rate

(WACCbt-g). Now the perpetuity should be brought back to time zero by dividing the

previous equation by 1 plus WACCbt raised to the tenth power (1+(WACCbt^10)), or

one year before the perpetuity. The perpetuity can also be brought back to year zero by

multiplying it by the present value factor of year ten. When all this has been performed

the present value of the free cash flows perpetuity has been calculated.

The free cash flows model can now generate a price per share with these

present values. The present value of year by year free cash flows should be added to

the present value of the free cash flows perpetuity to generate an estimated market

value of assets in time zero. From there, an analyst should subtract the book value of

liabilities that is reported on the firm’s 10-K from the estimated market value of assets.

By doing this we have calculated an estimated market value of equity. By dividing this

equity estimation by the number of shares outstanding a model share price is

generated. However, this share price reflects one that would be expected on December

31, 2008. To find a time consistent price, and bring the share price up to the time of

valuation (April 1, 2009), we should times the model share price by 1 plus the WACCbt

raised to the (3/12). This brings up the estimated stock price by three months to April

1st.

Page 152: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

152

Free Cash Flows Model

Overvalued < 49.25 < Fairly Valued < 66.63 < Undervalued

WACC

Growth Rate

0.0075 0.015 0.0225 0.03 0.0375 0.045 0.0525

0.0483 183.27 230.98 306.42 443.71 771.66 2590.33 N/A

0.0569 129.36 158.28 199.81 264.49 379.18 638.45 1781.58

0.0654 91.90 110.87 136.48 172.93 228.98 326.24 536.60

0.0740 63.82 76.86 93.71 116.30 148.17 196.52 278.61

0.0825 42.44 51.80 63.50 78.55 98.61 126.70 168.83

0.0910 25.45 32.37 40.81 51.32 64.78 82.62 107.42

0.0996 11.49 16.71 22.95 30.53 39.94 51.94 67.76

The net cash flow of the firm’s assets was calculated for the ten year period and

the results showed a positive, increasing trend. After we computed the present value

factors for each year and multiplied them by their corresponding cash flows we

configured the present value of year by year free cash flows. We summed all of the

present values up to retrieve a total present value of year by year free cash flows.

Using our estimated size adjusted WACCbt of .0740 we found the PV of free cash flows

to be $8,157.28 million. The size adjusted WACCbt was retrieved by inputting the size

adjusted Ke into the WACC formula. Next we computed the free cash flows perpetuity.

We estimated that the cash flow in 2019 will be $1665 million. We divided 1665 using

the size adjusted WACCbt of .0740 and a growth rate of .0375 (both cash flows from

operations and investing activities are growing at a rate of 4%). When we calculated

(1665/(.0740-.0375)) we found the value of the perpetuity in year 2019 to be

$45,616.44 million. We needed to bring this back to time zero so we divided it by

(1.074^10) or 2.0419. This gave us the present value of the perpetuity in 2008, or

Page 153: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

153

$22,339.76 million. We added this number to the PV of year by year free cash flows, or

$8,157.28 million, to get an estimated market value of assets.

The market value of assets is an important measure because it reflects the

overall market value of the firm. The market value of assets at December 31, 2008 was

calculated to be $30,497.04 million. Now we must derive a market value of equity by

subtracting out the book value of liabilities in 2008 from the calculated market value of

assets. Therefore, we took out $12,794 million from the $30,497.04 million to get an

estimated market value of equity of $17,703.04 million. After that we divided the MVE

by the 121,632,456 shares outstanding to get a model price. With the size adjusted

WACC of .0740 and growth rate of .0375 the model price at 12/31/08 was $145.55. We

brought the share price up to April 1st by multiplying 145.55 by (1+.0740)^(3/12). That

gave us a time consistent price of $148.17. This is well above the 15% range and

suggests that Bunge is an undervalued firm.

Although the FCF model insinuates that Bunge is undervalued, we believe the

results are skewed. When the WACCbt decreases the present value of year by year cash

flows and present value of the perpetuity increases significantly. When these are added

together and BVL is subtracted the MVE is a lot larger. In addition, as growth rates

increase the perpetuity increases due to the figure in 2019 being divided by a smaller

number (Ke-larger g= smaller denominator). This has resulted in share prices being as

high as $2,600. It is obvious that the stock prices of Bunge should not be selling at that

high of a price. The reason for these numbers can be explained by our low WACCbt

estimates. Because Bunge is over 65% debt financed and has a low cost of debt, the

weighted average cost of capital produced lower numbers.

The 95% confidence interval included a size adjusted lower bound WACCbt of

.0483, with an estimated WACCbt of .0740. These lower WACC estimates produced

higher PV factors that increased the present values of yearly cash flows. They also

provided little difference between g and WACCbt when g was subtracted from WACC to

derive the present value of the perpetuity in 2019. Therefore, higher than normal share

Page 154: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

154

prices were calculated. Additionally, when the growth rate exceeded the .0483 lower

bound WACCbt the resulting share price was negative. This was because the growth

rate was larger than the WACC, which produced a negative denominator. We believe

that since the FCF model is sensitive to lower WACC estimates the share prices do not

provide a reliable basis for developing an opinion.

Residual Income Model

The residual income model is one of the most accurate models of the intrinsic

valuation techniques. This is because the model is not as sensitive to changes in the

growing perpetuity, which is one of the main components of the model. In addition, the

residual income model is also one of the most reliable because its explanatory power

can reach upwards of 80-90%. For this reason, we should be able to form confident

assumptions concerning the value of the firm based on model stock prices.

A cornerstone of the residual income measurement is the creation or destruction

of firm value. This can be determined by subtracting the annual normal income (the

benchmark) for a specific year from the net income of that year. The annual normal

income of a firm is found by first calculating the current year’s projected book value of

equity. This is done by taking the book value of equity from the previous year, staring

in the base year, and adding the forecasted net income for the current year. For

example, to calculate the book value of equity for 2013 an analyst would add the 2013

net income to the 2012 book value of equity. Analysts should then subtract the

forecasted total dividends paid for that same year to retrieve the projected book value

of equity for the year. In the case of the example, the 2013 total dividends paid would

be subtracted from the calculation performed earlier. This should be done for each of

the ten forecast years.

Now that the book value of equity has been determined for each year from

2009-2018, annual normal income can be found. To do this, the estimated cost of

Page 155: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

155

equity (Ke) will be multiplied by the previous year’s book value of equity. This

calculation will continue to be a lagged formula for the entire ten year period. The

number that is calculated is the annual normal income. When this has been performed

for every year, annual normal income should be subtracted from the net income for the

year to retrieve the given year’s annual residual income.

After the annual residual income for each year has been computed, we must

bring back the annual residual incomes for 2009-2018 to their present values. This is

done by multiplying the annual residual incomes for each year by its corresponding

present value factor. The present value factor can be calculated by dividing 1 by one

plus the cost of equity raised to the time (n) that has elapsed since time zero

(1/(1+Ke)^n)). The present value factor should decrease as the years go into the

future. When we multiply the present value factors by the annual residual incomes for

each year the result is the present value of the year by year residual incomes. By

adding all of the years up we can derive the total present value of year by year residual

income.

Investors can further analyze the PV of year by year residual income. A negative

figure suggests that the firm is destroying value. If the outcome of the calculation

produces a positive number, then the firm is adding value. Over a given period of time,

consistent positive or negative numbers indicate that a firm is expected to add or

destroy value in future years.

Now we need to find the present value of the perpetuity in order to determine

the present values of residual incomes from 2019 beyond. To do this residual income

for the perpetuity should be forecasted. This can be done by selecting a number that

fits the overall trend and would be acceptable as the next logical figure in such trend.

After selecting a number we need to divide it by the cost of equity minus the chosen

perpetuity growth rate. Negative growth rates were used in this model because the

equilibrium theory suggests that residual income moves back to zero after a given

period of time. When all of this has been performed the previous equation should be

Page 156: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

156

divided by 1 plus the cost of equity raised to the tenth year, or one year before the

perpetuity ((1+Ke)^10). The equation could also be multiplied by the present value

factor of year ten. The resulting figure is the present value of terminal value perpetuity.

To get the model share price a market value of equity in time zero must be

calculated. This is done by adding the present value of year by year residual income,

the present value of the terminal value perpetuity and the book value of equity for time

zero (2008) together. After this is calculated we divide it by the number of shares

outstanding. This will give us the estimated model share price for a given Ke and

growth rate. To bring the share price up to April 1st, we will multiply the model stock

price by 1 plus the cost of equity, or (1+Ke), raised to the (3/12).

Residual Income Model

Overvalued < 49.25 66.63 < Undervalued

49.25 < Fairly Valued < 66.63

Ke

Growth Rate

-0.1 -0.2 -0.3 -0.4 -0.5

0.0800 83.55 82.59 82.14 81.88 81.70

0.1038 60.78 62.50 63.37 63.89 64.24

0.1275 45.24 47.98 49.44 50.34 50.96

0.1513 34.28 37.25 38.91 39.97 40.70

0.1750 26.45 29.30 30.95 32.03 32.79

0.1988 20.72 23.29 24.84 25.86 26.60

0.2225 16.49 18.74 20.13 21.08 21.76

Page 157: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

157

After we derived the book value of equity for each year by adding the previous

year’s BVE plus net income minus dividends, we multiplied them by the estimated size

adjusted cost of equity of .1513 to retrieve each year’s annual normal income. Then we

subtracted those annual normal incomes from its corresponding net income to find the

residual income for years 1-10. With a Ke of .1513, residual income from 2009 beyond

was negative. This indicates that with our estimated forecast and cost of equities Bunge

will continue to destroy value in the upcoming years. When each year’s residual income

is multiplied by its present value factor, we derived the present value of year by year

residual income.

When all of the present values were added together we calculated the total PV of

year by year RI to be -$2,183.3 million. The present value of the perpetuity was then

found. We forecasted that the residual income in 2019 and beyond would be 1.1 times

the residual income in 2018. With a Ke of .1513 and growth rate of -.3 the residual

income for the perpetuity was -$1262 million. We divided this by the cost of equity

minus the growth rate, or (.1513- (-.3)) = .4513. This gave us the present value of the

perpetuity in 2019, or -$2,796.62 million. To get this back to time zero we divided this

number by ((1+.1513)^10) to get a present value of the terminal value perpetuity in

2008 of -$683.52 million. After we calculated the present values of the residual income

model components we found the market value of equity at 12/31/08. We added the -

$683.52 million and -$2,796.62 million to get a total of -$3,480.14 million. This was

then added to the book value of liabilities in 2008, or $7,436 million, to find the market

value of equity. With the .1513 cost of equity and -.3 growth rate the MVE in time zero

equaled $4,569.14 million. This was divided by the 121.63 million shares outstanding to

get a model share price of $37.57. When multiplied by ((1+.1513)^(3/12)) to get a

time consistent price, the stock was estimated to be $38.91.

When using the residual income model, several combinations of different cost of

equities and growth rates suggest that Bunge is overvalued. Only at a drastically lower

Ke and higher growth rates would the firm produce a fairly valued or undervalued share

Page 158: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

158

price. We believe that the residual income model is an effective model due to its high

explanatory power and accounting based theory. Therefore we are confident that the

residual income model will support our final conclusion.

Abnormal Earnings Growth (AEG) Model

The Abnormal Earnings Growth (AEG) model is one that relies on financial theory

derived from the financial statements. Components of the model include dividend

reinvestment (DRIP), cumulative dividend earnings, and normal earnings. These factors

help determine whether or not a firm is expected to fulfill its obligations to investors.

The cumulative dividend earnings and normal earnings are compared to determine the

difference between actual earnings and earnings expected by investors. The calculated

abnormal earnings growth for each year determines whether or not the firm is expected

to destroy or add to firm value. This directly affects investors because it can destroy or

increase shareholder wealth. If actual return meets or exceeds that of the expected

return then shareholder wealth is preserved. On the contrary, actual return that falls

short of the expected return decreases shareholder wealth. If an analysis predicts

negative returns for the future then estimated share prices are lowered, which

increases a firm’s chances of being overvalued.

To find model share prices we must first derive the abnormal earnings growth for

the years 2010-2018. The forecasted net income for 2009 is not included because it

represents the core net income that will help determine estimated share prices. This is

first done by finding the dividend reinvestment for each year at a drip that equals the

cost of equity. This drip represents the amount of money that investors can reinvest in

the firm with their previous year’s dividend payment. To do this the estimated Ke is

multiplied by the previous year’s forecasted total dividends. This should be done

through the year 2018. When this has been calculated we can derive cumulative

dividend earnings for the nine year period. By adding the dividend reinvestment for

each year to the forecasted net income for that same year we can get the cumulative

dividend earnings. In order to get the AEG for the nine years the normal earnings for

Page 159: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

159

each year should now be computed. Normal earnings are calculated by multiplying 1

plus the estimated cost of equity by the previous year’s forecasted net income, or (NIt-

1 *(1+Ke)). As with before, this should be done for each year for the first nine years.

Now that we have calculated both the normal earnings and cumulative dividend

earnings we can derive AEG. This is done by subtracting the normal earnings for each

year from the cumulative dividend earnings for that same year. From these annual

abnormal earnings growth figures we can determine whether or not Bunge is adding or

decreasing value.

Although the AEG has been calculated we need to bring each year back to time

zero. This is done by multiplying each AEG by its corresponding present value factor.

The present value factor for each year can be computed by dividing 1 by 1 plus the

estimated Ke raised to the n, or the time in years away from time zero:(1/((1+Ke)^n)).

After the PV factor is multiplied by the AEG we can add up all of the present values to

retrieve a total PV of year by year AEGs. Before an analyst should go any further, a

residual income check figure should be applied to ensure AEG for each year is correct.

This is done by calculating the difference between each year’s expected residual

income. When compared to the AEG model, the numbers should be the same. If not

either the residual incomes or AEGs are incorrect.

Now the present value of the perpetuity in year 2019 should be found. First an

estimated AEG for year 2019 and beyond should be formed. This figure should be the

next logical number in the discovered trend for the AEG over the previous nine years.

Once this has been done the 2019 AEG is divided by the cost of equity minus the

growth rate, or (Ke-g). This gives us the present value of the perpetuity in 2019 dollars.

As previously mentioned, negative growth rates are used in the AEG model because

they help determine the rate at which the AEG is regressing back to zero. To get the PV

of the perpetuity at 12/31/08 the previous equation is divided by ((1+Ke)^9), or one

year before the perpetuity.

Page 160: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

160

The intrinsic value per share can be computed with the present value of year by

year AEG and PV of the perpetuity. First the total average net income must be found.

This is done by adding the core net income (or forecasted net income for 2009), PV of

year by year AEG, and PV of the terminal value perpetuity. Once the total average net

income is computed it should be divided by the number of shares outstanding to derive

the earnings on a per share basis. This EPS figure is then divided by the capitalization

rate, or the estimated cost of equity (Ke), to derive a model share price. To get the

stock price in 4/1/09 dollars the previous share price is multiplied by 1 plus the

estimated Ke rose to the (3/12), or ((1+Ke)^(3/12)).

Abnormal Earnings Growth (AEG) Model

Overvalued < 49.25 66.63 < Undervalued

49.25 < Fairly Valued < 66.63

Ke

Growth Rate

-0.1 -0.2 -0.3 -0.4 -0.5

0.0800 72.36 77.36 79.72 81.10 82.01

0.1038 43.52 47.85 50.04 51.36 52.24

0.1275 28.48 31.90 33.71 34.84 35.61

0.1513 19.80 22.40 23.85 24.78 25.42

0.1750 14.48 16.45 17.59 18.34 18.86

0.1988 11.02 12.51 13.40 13.99 14.42

0.2225 8.68 9.82 10.52 10.99 11.33

We first derived the dividend reinvestment using a .1513 cost of equity (drip) for

the years 2010-2018. This was then added to the forecasted net incomes for each year

to derive the cumulative dividend earnings. Next we computed the normal earnings for

the nine year period by multiplying the previous year’s net income by 1.1513. We then

subtracted those normal earnings from the cumulative dividend earnings for the same

year to retrieve AEG. We checked our AEG figures by comparing them to the difference

in residual incomes at the same Ke, or .1513.

Page 161: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

161

Ke = .1513  2010   2011   2012  2013  2014  2015  2016   2017  2018 

∆ Residual Income  (117.02) (108.70) (112.56) (116.62) (120.89) (125.37) (129.71) (134.65) (139.83)

AEG  (117.02) (108.70) (112.56) (116.62) (120.89) (125.37) (129.71) (134.65) (139.83)

After calculating present value factors using our estimated size-adjusted Ke and

multiplying them by their corresponding AEGs, we totaled up the present values to get

a total present value of year by year AEG of -$568.73 million. The present value of the

perpetuity was then found. Because the growth rate for AEG hovered around 3.8% over

the previous nine years we believe that the trend will remain the same. Therefore we

multiplied the 2018 AEG of -$139.83 million by 1.038 to get a 2019 AEG of -$145.14

million. To get the perpetuity in 2019 dollars we divided -145.14 by (.1513-(-.3)) to get

a PV of -$321.60 million. Negative 30% was used because we believe Bunge will

regress back to zero at a moderate rate. Next we divided the -$321.60 by (1.1513^9),

or 3.554, to get a present value of the terminal value perpetuity at 12/31/08 of -$90.49

million.

From there we added the present values from the nine year period (-$568.73

million) and the perpetuity (-$90.49 million) to the forecasted net income in 2009, or

core net income, of $1,083.02 million. That gave us a total average net income of

$423.80 million. This was further divided by the 121.63 million shares outstanding to

derive an EPS of $3.48. To get the model price we divided the calculated EPS of 3.48 by

the estimated size-adjusted cost of equity (.1513). This resulted in an intrinsic value per

share of $23.03. Finally, the 23.03 was multiplied by ((1.1513^(3/12)) to get a time

consistent share price of $23.85. This price does not fall into the 15% fairly valued

range. The model has determined that Bunge is an overvalued firm. Looking at the

sensitivity table it is evident that at different cost of equities and growth rates Bunge is

for the most part overvalued. Only when the cost of equity is really low is the firm

considered under-or-fairly valued. As mentioned before, we believe the true Ke lies

Page 162: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

162

somewhere within one standard deviation of the estimated cost of equity. Therefore we

have determined our basis of opinion will rely on share prices derived from higher cost

of equities. With that being said, the sensitivity table shows that Bunge is entirely

overvalued.

Long Run Residual Income Model

The long run residual income method allows us to place more importance on the

forecasted earnings of the firm instead of dividends. The model incorporates the book

value of equity in time zero, the long run return on equity, Ke and growth rates to

generate a market value of equity on which to derive a share price. The equation is as

follows:

MVE = BVE * (1 + (ROE – Ke)/(Ke– G))

The model is sensitive to changes in the ROE, Ke and growth rate. Therefore the

model can produce a varying range of estimated share prices. The ROE of the firm must

first be calculated on a lagged basis to provide an input on which to derive a stock

price. This is done by taking the forecasted net income for the year and dividing it by

the previous year’s forecasted book value of equity for 2009-2018. This will give us a

range of ROEs to use in the formula.

2009  2010  2011  2012  2013  2014  2015  2016  2017  2018 

ROE 0.146 0.132 0.123 0.115 0.108 0.103 0.098 0.093 0.090 0.086

Now we must compute a series of growth rates based on the estimated cost of

equities and ROEs. We have already determined the ROEs for 2009-2018 but need a

reference of the difference between the return on equity and Ke. This can be done by

subtracting each of the five Ke’s in the 95% confidence interval from each year’s ROE

Page 163: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

163

from 2009-2018, or (ROE-Ke). After this has been done we can compute a % change in

(ROE-Ke) over the ten year period to see where the growth rate is diverging. The

associated growth rates for each Ke are as follows:

Ke 0.0800 0.1275 0.1513 0.1750 0.2225

g -0.3436 0.0884 0.0542 0.0392 0.0251

Three different methods were used to derive share prices. First, an ROE of .09

was held constant in the equation and different Ke’s and growth rates were applied.

The .09 was used because the computed ROE for 2018 floated around there. After that,

the growth rate of .0542 that was derived with our estimated size adjusted Ke was held

constant. Finally, the estimated size adjusted Ke of .1513 was kept constant and MVE

was computed using different growth rates and ROEs. The latter two were compared

with six ROEs because the trend of return on equity is decreasing. Once a market value

of equity has been determined we divide the number by the 121.63 million shares

outstanding to retrieve a model share price. To convert the stock price to April 1st

dollars the share price at 12/31/08 is multiplied by ((1+Ke)^(3/12)).

Long Run Residual Income Model- Constant .09 ROE

Overvalued < 49.25 66.63 < Undervalued

49.25 < Fairly Valued < 66.63

Ke

Growth Rate

-0.3436 0.0251 0.0392 0.0542 0.0884

0.0800 63.79 73.67 77.60 86.48 N/A

0.1275 57.98 39.93 36.24 30.77 2.58

0.1513 55.48 32.57 28.70 23.35 1.61

0.1750 53.22 27.56 23.81 18.86 1.18

0.2225 49.24 21.13 17.82 13.67 0.77

Page 164: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

164

Long Run Residual Income Model- Constant .0542 Growth Rate

Overvalued 49.25 < Fairly Valued < 66.63 Undervalued

Ke

ROE

0.09 0.10 0.11 0.12 0.13 0.15

0.0800 86.48 110.63 134.79 158.95 183.10 231.42

0.1275 30.77 39.36 47.96 56.55 65.15 82.33

0.1513 23.35 29.87 36.39 42.91 49.44 62.48

0.1750 18.86 24.13 29.40 34.67 39.94 50.48

0.2225 13.67 17.49 21.31 25.13 28.95 36.59

Long Run Residual Income Model- Constant .1513 Ke

Overvalued 49.25 < Fairly Valued <

66.63 Undervalued

G

ROE

0.09 0.10 0.11 0.12 0.13 0.15

-0.3436 55.48 56.76 58.04 59.32 60.60 63.16

0.0251 32.57 37.58 42.60 47.62 52.64 62.67

0.0392 28.70 34.35 40.00 45.64 51.29 62.59

0.0542 23.35 29.87 36.39 42.91 49.44 62.48

0.0884 1.61 11.68 21.75 31.81 41.88 62.02

After calculating the ROEs for 2009-2018 and growth rates for our cost of

equities, we performed these three methods. Using a .09 ROE, .1513 Ke and .0542

growth rates we calculated the formula and multiplied it by the book value of equity in

2008. When we subtracted .1513 from .09 and divided it by (.1513-.0542) we got a

number of -.6313. When then added that number to one to get .3687. This was

multiplied by the book value of equity, or $7,436 million, to get an estimated market

Page 165: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

165

value of equity. When calculated, the MVE with these three inputs equaled $2,741.59

million. From there we divided the market value of equity by the 121.63 million shares

outstanding to get model share price of $22.54. That number was multiplied by (1.1513

^ (3/12)) to get a time consistent stock price of $23.35. This figure is well below the

reported stock price on 4/1/09 and suggests that Bunge is an overvalued firm.

Differing growth rates, ROEs and cost of equities were applied that produced

prices that for the most part stayed within a specific range. As growth rates increased,

Ke decreased or ROE increased the model price increased. When growth rates

decreased, Ke increased or ROE decreased the model price decreased. Although the

range of ROE is .09-.15, we believe that the true long run ROE is around .09 or lower.

Since the trend is decreasing it is expected that the ROE beyond 2019 will decrease.

The case is similar with the growth rate. The -.34 g was computed using the .08 Ke. We

believe that the actual cost of equity (size adjusted) falls between .1275 and .175 and

would only fall to 8% in extreme circumstances. Therefore, we have estimated that the

true growth rate falls somewhere in the .03 to .08 range. Within the ranges of Ke and

growth rates that we believe better reflect the true state of the firm, the share prices

are overvalued. Overall when all three techniques are analyzed it is evident that each

one suggests Bunge is overvalued.

Analysts Recommendation

After conducting thorough research and analysis on Bunge we have determined

that the firm is an overvalued company. Our conclusion is based on a firm and industry

analysis, accounting accuracy, current and future financial performance, and varying

model valuations. The models were dependent on a 15% fairly valued interval that was

based on the share price of $57.94 taken on April 1, 2009.

The discussion of our firm and its environment helped us evaluate the current

position of the company in regards to industry competitiveness and stability, key

Page 166: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

166

success factors, and competitive advantage management. The accounting analysis

provided us with a foundation for concluding the believability of Bunge’s financial

statements. We determined that Bunge’s reported accounting was not manipulated to

portray a more attractive position. Although negative cash flows in some years skewed

the results of some expense diagnostic ratios, this would not suggest that the firm is

trying to overstate revenue or understate expenses. Goodwill or capital leases did not

need to be restated as they did not represent large enough percentages of total assets

or liabilities.

The financial analysis is considered the backbone of our final opinion. Although

the liquidity, profitability and capital structure ratios suggest that Bunge is stable to

slightly outperforming, it is the forecasted financial statements that estimate future

performance and value. These financial statements were forecasted using historical

data and trends. The income statement was the most important statement to forecast

because the balance sheet and statement of cash flows are dependent on its figures.

We forecasted net sales would increase by 3% in 2009-10 and 4% from 2011 on. Net

income was forecasted to increase by 3% each year for the entire ten year period

because it has consistently been 3% of net sales.

On the balance sheet forecasted total assets was derived by dividing forecasted

net sales by the asset turnover ratio of 2.4. Other items on the balance sheet were

calculated from ratios that were previously determined and reflected the historical trend

of the firm. Finally, the statement of cash flows was forecasted. Cash flows from

operations were forecasted to be .875 of operating income. CFFI was then derived by

using a property, plant and equipment turnover ratio. Cash flows from financing were

the final item on the statement to be forecasted. Since Bunge has increased dividends

per share by $.06 each year we expect this to continue.

By performing a regression analysis we were able to derive an estimated beta

and cost of equity. The beta with the highest adjusted r2 was 1.67, and explains only

30.16% of overall risk. When this was entered into the capital asset pricing model we

Page 167: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

167

configured an estimated cost of equity of 14.23%. A 95% confidence interval was

formed to ensure the true Ke is included. A cost of debt was then determined to be

3.05%. These two estimates were used as inputs in the WACCbt formula, which

generated an estimated before tax WACCbt figure of 7.07%. A 95% confidence interval

for WACCbt was also created. The forecasted financial statements, estimated cost of

equity and before tax WACCbt that were generated are the core of the valuation

analysis.

The valuation models support our final conclusion. We did not put a lot of

emphasis on the method of comparables because they are not backed by sound

financial theory. The discounted dividend model and free cash flows models were also

considered outliers and were not heavily considered in our final decision. The free cash

flow model was overly sensitive to our before tax WACCbts. The discounted dividend

model did not provide us with realistic share prices because our forecasted total

dividends were low. Nevertheless, the model indicates that Bunge’s current share price

is overvalued.

We believe that the final three intrinsic models are the most reliable valuation

models. The residual income model has a high explanatory power and is not as

sensitive to changes in inputs. The AEG model is supported by the financial statements

and incorporates the future addition or destruction of value. Finally, the long run

residual income model evaluates value at several different growth rates, size-adjusted

Ke, and long run return on equity. All three suggest that Bunge is an overvalued

company.

Only in extreme circumstances is Bunge expected to sell at an undervalued price.

We do not believe that the cost of equity of WACCbt will decrease in the future, but

rather increase. The cost of debt was unusually low due to a drop in the non financial

commercial paper rate that affected a large portion of total liabilities. In the case for the

three valuation models we most heavily relied, increases in cost of equity, WACCbt and

some growth rates decrease share prices. This increases the chance of a share price

Page 168: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

168

being overvalued. Overall four out of the five intrinsic models suggest Bunge is an

overvalued firm. This includes the models that are high in explanatory power and

financial theory. Therefore, we suggest that investors sell any stock they currently hold

in Bunge and seek other viable options.

Appendices

Sales Manipulation Diagnostics  

Net Sales / AR (Raw) 

2004  2005  2006  2007  2008 

Bunge  13.0882 14.3226 13.9830  14.8926 15.6980 

Archer Daniels Midland  8.9467 8.7619 8.1848  6.8735 6.0799 

Corn Products  8.0387 8.2230 7.3417  7.3717 7.0576 

CHS Inc.  13.1372 10.9023 13.3604  12.2862 13.9386  

Net Sales / AR (Change) 

2004  2005  2006  2007  2008 

Bunge  7.0185 3.7920 10.7175  17.4743 17.7547

Archer Daniels Midland  7.5558 ‐3.3751 1.7677  3.8400 5.0794

Corn Products  5.6563 25.6667 3.7286  7.4757 5.8012

CHS Inc.  23.2488 3.6981 ‐141.3296  8.7238 16.4928 

 

 

Page 169: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

169

 

Net Sales / Inventory (Raw) 

2004  2005  2006  2007  2008 

Bunge  9.5728 8.8035 7.1319  6.3879 7.9354

Archer Daniels Midland  7.8733 9.2006 7.8238  7.2637 6.8717

Corn Products  8.8488 9.1473 8.1651  7.9415 8.2315

CHS Inc.  15.1529 13.0466 12.7198  10.3298 13.5841 

 

Net Sales / Inventory (Change) 

2004  2005  2006  2007  2008 

Bunge  13.1558 ‐6.4436 2.0732  5.1643 16.4949

Archer Daniels Midland  5.2268 0.3031 0.8461  5.3686 6.2922

Corn Products  4.2093 0.0000 4.1429  7.2642 10.1081

CHS Inc.  ‐21.2202 5.0338 11.3407  5.2858 21.3168 

Net Sales / Cash From Sales (Raw) 

2004  2005  2006  2007  2008 

Bunge  1.0175 0.9908 1.0068  1.0178 1.0183

Archer Daniels Midland  1.0203 1.0017 1.0102  1.0459 1.0785

Corn Products  1.0142 1.0013 1.0274  1.0313 1.0292

CHS Inc.  1.0065 1.0222 0.9988  1.0192 1.0290 

 

 

Page 170: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

170

 

Net Sales / Cash From Sales (Change) 

2004  2005  2006  2007  2008 

Bunge  1.0361 4.3282 1.2697  1.0438 1.0192

Archer Daniels Midland  1.0474 ‐0.4599 1.8917  1.2669 1.1389

Corn Products  1.1529 0.7264 1.3454  1.0448 1.0183

CHS Inc.  1.0305 1.2440 0.8989  1.1374 1.0405 

 

Expense Manipulation Diagnostics  

 

Asset Turnover (Raw) 

2004  2005  2006  2007  2008 

Bunge  2.3136 2.1297 1.8313 1.7208 2.2528 

Archer Daniels Midland  1.8665 1.9327 1.7206 1.756 1.8841 

Corn Products  0.9645 0.9879 0.9909 1.0928 1.2298 

CHS Inc.  2.7099 2.5117 2.8801 2.5489 3.6671  

Asset Turnover (Change) 

2004  2005  2006  2007  2008 

Bunge  2.9707 ‐1.59 0.6539 1.5133 6.6689

Archer Daniels Midland  2.4902 0.2693 0.2442 1.9517 2.1535

Corn Products  1.1529 3.5 1.0195 1.6812 5.3173

CHS Inc.  7.0841 1.3666 10.0071 1.609 7.4105 

Page 171: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

171

 

CFFO / Operating Income (Raw) 

2004  2005  2006  2007  2008 

Bunge  0.7901 0.6211 ‐0.4874 ‐0.3555 0.7565

Archer Daniels Midland  0.0447 1.5748 0.7761 0.1484 ‐1.3223

Corn Products  0.8469 1.408 1.0748 0.7656 ‐0.1837

CHS Inc.  1.6371 0.9564 0.813 0.4841 0.9552 

 

CFFO / Operating Income (Change)  

2004  2005  2006  2007  2008 

Bunge  2.1022 1.05 30.5 ‐0.2167  1.4373

Archer Daniels Midland  31.389 3.4647 ‐1.773 ‐3.9888  ‐9.2047

Corn Products  ‐3.3333 ‐3.5909 ‐0.375 0.2276  ‐3.6237

CHS Inc.  1.9441 ‐2.4415 0.6847 ‐0.3952  181.538 

CFFO / Net Operating Assets (Raw) 

2004  2005  2006  2007  2008 

Bunge  0.3162 0.1317 ‐0.0839 ‐0.0975  0.5358

Archer Daniels Midland  0.0064 0.4017 0.229 0.0425  ‐0.4497

Corn Products  0.1371 0.1923 0.1696 0.172  ‐0.0546

CHS Inc.  0.3156 0.2034 0.3372 0.2357  0.4136 

 

 

Page 172: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

172

 

CFFO / Net Operating Assets (Change) 

2004  2005  2006  2007  2008 

Bunge  1.8901 ‐1.1538 ‐1.2289 ‐0.1584  33.0935

Archer Daniels Midland  4.8404 ‐29.4741 ‐6.8807 ‐1.4965  ‐3.1453

Corn Products  ‐2.9167 1.254 ‐0.1829 0.1944  6.3585

CHS Inc.  1.4039 ‐1.0722 1.8962 ‐0.3594  1.8102 

 

Total Accruals / Sales (Raw)  

2004  2005  2006  2007  2008 

Bunge  0.0132 ‐0.0061 ‐0.0308 ‐0.0314  0.0109

Archer Daniels Midland  ‐0.0128 0.0301 0.0017 ‐0.0421  ‐0.0717

Corn Products  0.0315 0.0657 0.0404 0.0177  ‐0.0877

CHS Inc.  0.0157 0.0018 ‐0.0005 ‐0.0203  0.0001 

Total Accruals / Sales (Change) 

2004  2005  2006  2007  2008 

Bunge  0.2583 0.5613 ‐0.349 ‐0.0328  0.1015 

Archer Daniels Midland  ‐0.1983 ‐7.4349 ‐1.5609 ‐0.256  ‐0.1224 

Corn Products  ‐0.4862 1.0779 ‐0.1877 ‐0.0597  ‐0.7342 

CHS Inc.  0.0467 ‐0.1578 ‐0.0116 ‐0.1207  0.0236  

 

 

Page 173: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

173

 

Pension Expense / SG&A (Raw) 

2004  2005  2006  2007  2008 

Bunge  0.0333 0.0303 0.0613  0.0272  0.0088

Archer Daniels Midland  0.08 0.1212 0.1182  0.0904  0.0768

Corn Products  0.0823 0.0886 0.0842  0.0763  0.0727

CHS Inc.  0.149 0.1653 0.1535  0.1476  0.1215 

 

Pension Expense / SG&A (Change) 

2004  2005  2006  2007  2008 

Bunge  0.0278 0 1.4091 ‐0.0604  ‐0.0745

Archer Daniels Midland  0.1034 ‐0.0587 0.0891 ‐16.5  0.0045

Corn Products  0.3333 0 0.0682 0.0426  0.0385

CHS Inc.  ‐0.0001 ‐0.8965 0.0796 0.0509  0.0458 

Other Employment Expenses / SG&A (Raw) 

2004  2005  2006  2007  2008 

Bunge  0.0023 0.0042 0.0102 0.0074  0.0024

Archer Daniels Midland  0.0091 0.0122 0.0126 0.0142  0.0155

Corn Products  0.0253 0.0253 0.0198 0.0161  0.0218

CHS Inc.  0.0124 0.0133 0.0112 0.0107  0.0091 

 

 

Page 174: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

174

 

Other Employment Expenses / SG&A (Change) 

2004  2005  2006  2007  2008 

Bunge  ‐0.0056 0.0235 0.2727 0  ‐0.02

Archer Daniels Midland  ‐0.0074 ‐0.0011 0.0165 1  0.0223

Corn Products  0.1111 0 0 0  0.0769

CHS Inc.  0.0053 ‐0.0445 ‐0.0018 0.0023  0.0043 

 

Liquidity Ratios 

Current Ratio 

2004  2005  2006  2007  2008 

Bunge  1.708867 1.814764 1.858915 1.643423  1.631905

Archer Daniels Midland  1.531649 1.809381 1.918248 1.921962  1.740989

Corn Products  1.480519 1.615566 1.618956 1.615727  1.509895

CHS Inc.  1.334 1.408 1.463 1.264  1.423 

Quick Asset Ratio 

2004  2005  2006  2007  2008 

Bunge  0.604818 0.568427 0.49701 0.398687  0.415407

Archer Daniels Midland  0.807735 1.030897 1.103812 1.106126  1.01108

Corn Products  0.833333 0.950472 0.943907 0.942136  0.854482

CHS Inc.  0.658496 0.718598 0.664442 0.564679  0.594642 

 

Page 175: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

175

 

Inventory Turnover 

Column1  2004  2005  2006  2007  2008 

Bunge  8.85736 8.236186 6.705483 5.963369  8.586237

Archer Daniels Midland  7.405417 8.578209 7.190507 6.729538  6.493504

Corn Products  7.476744 7.860465 6.869159 6.569087  7.134361

CHS Inc.  14.54047 12.51225 11.97382 9.677741  13.08851 

 

Days Supply of Inventory 

2004  2005  2006  2007  2008 

Bunge  41.20867 44.31663 54.43306 61.20701  42.50989

Archer Daniels Midland  49.28824 42.54968 50.76137 54.23849  56.21002

Corn Products  48.81804 46.43491 53.13605 55.56328  51.16085

CHS Inc.  25.10235 29.17141 30.48317 37.71541  27.88706 

Receivables Turnover 

2004  2005  2006  2007  2008 

Bunge  13.08817 14.32256 13.98297  14.89256 22.37191

Archer Daniels Midland  8.946684 8.761947 8.185193  6.873517 6.079944

Corn Products  8.038732 8.222997 7.341737  7.371739 6.290271

CHS Inc.  13.13717 10.9023 13.3604  12.28616 13.93862 

 

Page 176: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

176

 

Days Sales Outstanding 

2004  2005  2006  2007  2008 

Bunge  27.88777 25.48427 26.10318  24.50888 16.3151

Archer Daniels Midland  40.79724 41.65741 44.59272  53.10237 60.03345

Corn Products  45.40517 44.38771 49.71576  49.51342 58.02612

CHS Inc.  27.78375 33.47918 27.31954  29.70823 26.18624 

 

Cash to Cash Cycle 

2004  2005 2006 2007  2008

Bunge  69.0964  69.8009 80.5362 85.7159  58.825

ADM  90.0855  84.2071 95.3541 107.3409  116.2435

Corn Products  94.2232  90.8226 102.8518 105.0767  109.187

CHS Inc.  52.8861  62.6506 57.8027 67.4236  54.0733

Ind. Avg  76.5728  76.8703 84.1362 91.3893  84.5822 

Working Capital Turnover 

2004  2005  2006  2007  2008 

Bunge  9.122921 8.271802 6.775142 6.657635 10.30459

Archer Daniels Midland  10.07351 8.274668 6.464582 6.0681 6.444157

Corn Products  10.28378 9.042146 8.190625 8.171084 9.004566

CHS Inc.  22.22982 15.7202 17.35179 20.94714 18.50193 

 

Page 177: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

177

 

Profitability Ratios 

Gross Profit Margin 

2004  2005  2006  2007  2008 

Bunge  0.07474 0.064446 0.059793 0.066461  0.076768

Archer Daniels Midland  0.059426 0.067643 0.081047 0.073538  0.05503

Corn Products  0.155059 0.140678 0.158718 0.17281  0.178753

CHS Inc.  0.040417 0.040957 0.058646 0.063125  0.036483 

 

Operating Expense Ratio 

2004  2005  2006  2007  2008 

Bunge  0.03  0.04  0.04  0.04  0.03 

Archer Daniels Midland  0.038777 0.030069 0.032599 0.027148  0.020325

Corn Products  0.069207 0.066949 0.07707 0.07343  0.069726

CHS Inc.  0.018457 0.016715 0.016076 0.014252  0.010258 

Operating Profit Margin 

2004  2005  2006  2007  2008 

Bunge  0.03531 0.020019 0.019868 0.031737  0.029235

Archer Daniels Midland  0.019861 0.042187 0.050689 0.071653  0.037585

Corn Products  0.078406 0.077542 0.085464 0.10233  0.110041

CHS Inc.  0.02355 0.025703 0.039219 0.046317  0.027188 

Page 178: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

178

 

Net Profit Margin 

2004  2005  2006  2007  2008 

Bunge  0.018586 0.021742 0.019829 0.020559  0.020238

Archer Daniels Midland  0.013684 0.029056 0.035851 0.049116  0.025811

Corn Products  0.041174 0.038136 0.04731 0.05839  0.067698

CHS Inc.  0.020266 0.02143 0.035136 0.043955  0.024965 

 

Asset Turnover 

2004  2005  2006  2007  2008 

Bunge  2.553015 2.234987 2.295474 2.637625  2.390705 

Archer Daniels Midland  2.103919 1.855756 1.967727 2.069585  2.779521 

Corn Products  1.030235 0.997043 1.097112 1.282042  1.271028 

CHS Inc.  2.88056 2.946595 3.029034 3.447221  4.762464  

Return on Assets (ROA) 

2004  2005  2006  2007  2008 

Bunge  0.04745 0.048593 0.045518 0.054227  0.048383

Archer Daniels Midland  0.028791 0.053921 0.070545 0.10165  0.071741

Corn Products  0.042419 0.038023 0.051905 0.074858  0.086046

CHS Inc.  0.058378 0.063145 0.106428 0.151521  0.118893 

 

 

 

Page 179: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

179

 

Return on Equity (ROE) 

2004  2005  2006  2007  2008 

Bunge  0.197308 0.157037 0.123284 0.137262  0.133921

Archer Daniels Midland  0.069981 0.135666 0.155571 0.220455  0.160135

Corn Products  0.103183 0.083256 0.102479 0.148872  0.166355

CHS Inc.  0.15003 0.155518 0.284106 0.36851  0.324403 

Internal Growth Rate (IGR) 

2004  2005  2006  2007  2008 

Bunge  0.053357 0.054838 0.052107 0.059823 0.052366 

Archer Daniels Midland  0.01754 0.04263 0.05674 0.08777 0.05845 

Corn Products  0.03408 0.02034 0.03688 0.05304 0.05949 

Industry Average  0.034992 0.039269 0.048576 0.066878 0.056769  

Sustainable Growth Rate (SGR) 

2004  2005  2006  2007  2008 

Bunge  0.172435 0.148526 0.131894 0.165584 0.142464

Archer Daniels Midland  0.04413 0.09402 0.12307 0.19591 0.16056

Corn Products  0.07462 0.04016 0.07382 0.10254 0.13785

Industry Average  0.097062 0.094235 0.109595 0.154678 0.146958 

 

 

 

 

Page 180: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

180

 

Capital Structure Ratios 

 

Debt to Equity 

2004  2005  2006  2007  2008 

Bunge  2.231704 1.708471 1.531228 1.767904 1.720549

Archer Daniels Midland  1.516014 1.205273 1.168757 1.232116 1.746924

Corn Products  1.189639 0.97438 0.988722 0.933333 1.317197

CHS Inc.  1.462873 1.669464 1.432067 1.728538 1.967831 

Times Interest Earned 

2004  2005  2006  2007  2008 

Bunge  4.163551 2.112554 1.864286 3.402266 4.257618

Archer Daniels Midland  2.099503 4.643196 5.082192 7.267281 5.501048

Corn Products  4.972222 4.945946 6.588235 6.94 10.09302

CHS Inc.  5.30242 5.948963 11.15692 15.39038 9.678445 

 

Debt Service Margin 

2004  2005  2006  2007  2008 

Bunge  6.265625 2.728571 ‐1.6236 ‐2.63462  4.871648 

Archer Daniels Midland  1.079351 13.22292 6.17212 3.7875  ‐49.2923 

Corn Products  1.693878 2.784091 4.035088 3.486486  ‐0.60769 

CHS Inc.  26.37583 7.874562 14.08662 6.704517  8.140901 

Page 181: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

181

 

Z‐Score 

2004  2005  2006  2007  2008 

Bunge  3.838861 3.533661 3.626424 3.95541  3.527089

Archer Daniels Midland  3.408641 3.63663 3.997277 4.514062  4.162556

Corn Products  3.448414 2.53175 2.972655 3.229187  2.99974

Industry Average  3.565305 3.234014 3.532119 3.899553  3.563128 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Page 182: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

182

 

Cost of Debt 

    Amount  Weight  Rate  Weighted Rate 

Source of Rate 

Total Current Liabilities:             

Short Term Debt    473  3.70% 11.7891% 0.436%  Bunge 10‐K 

Current Portion‐ LTD    78  0.61% 5.6967% 0.035%  Bunge 10‐K 

A/P    4158  32.50% 0.48% 0.156%  St. Louis FED 

Deferred Income Taxes    104  0.81% 2.87% 0.023%  St. Louis FED 

Other Current Liabilities    3261  25.49% 0.48% 0.122%  St. Louis FED 

TOTAL     8074      0.772%   

             

Total Long Term Liabilities:             

Long Term Debt    3032  23.70% 5.6967% 1.35%  Bunge 10‐K 

Deferred Income Taxes    132  1.03% 2.87% 0.03%  St. Louis FED 

Non‐Current Liabilities    864  6.75% 6.50% 0.44%  Bunge 10‐k 

Minority Interest in Subsidiaries 

  692  5.41% 6.20% 0.34%  Bunge 10‐k 

Total LT Liabilities     4720         

TOTAL LIABILITIES    12794    Kd  3.05%   

 

 

 

 

 

 

Page 183: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

183

 

 

WACC 

MVL/MVF  Kd  Tax Rate  MVE/MVF  Ke  WACC 

WACC (BT)  64.03% 3.05% 0% 35.97%  14.23% 7.07%

WACC (AT)  64.03% 3.05% 35% 35.97%  14.23% 6.43%

WACC (BT)‐ Upper  64.03% 3.05% 0% 35.97%  21.35% 9.63%

WACC (BT)‐ Lower  64.03% 3.05% 0% 35.97%  7.10% 4.51%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Page 184: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

184

 

 

 

 

Regressions 

3 Month 

SUMMARY OUTPUT  24 

Regression Statistics 

Multiple R  0.576143512 

R Square  0.331941346 

Adjusted R Square  0.301575044 

Standard Error  0.131563454 

Observations  24 

ANOVA 

   df  SS  MS  F  Significance F 

Regression  1  0.189208206  0.189208206  10.93124022  0.003214114 

Residual  22  0.380796731  0.017308942 

Total  23  0.570004938          

   Coefficients  Standard Error  t Stat  P‐value  Lower 95%  Upper 95%  Lower 95.0%  Upper 95.0% 

Intercept  0.037660368  0.030175637  1.248038881  0.225137128  ‐0.024920072  0.100240809  ‐0.024920072  0.100240809 

X Variable 1  1.670027271  0.505113346  3.306242614  0.003214114  0.62248631  2.717568231  0.62248631  2.717568231 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Page 185: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

185

 

SUMMARY OUTPUT  36 

Regression Statistics 

Multiple R  0.559853867 

R Square  0.313436352 

Adjusted R Square  0.293243304 

Standard Error  0.11244017 

Observations  36 

ANOVA 

   df  SS  MS  F  Significance F 

Regression  1  0.196241324  0.196241324  15.52199277  0.000384681 

Residual  34  0.429854924  0.012642792 

Total  35  0.626096248          

   Coefficients  Standard Error  t Stat  P‐value  Lower 95%  Upper 95%  Lower 95.0%  Upper 95.0% 

Intercept  0.031667797  0.019915023  1.59014615  0.12105857  ‐0.008804399  0.072139993  ‐0.008804399  0.072139993 

X Variable 1  1.573886821  0.399484341  3.939796032  0.000384681  0.762036967  2.385736675  0.762036967  2.385736675 

SUMMARY OUTPUT  48 

Regression Statistics 

Multiple R  0.530333621 

R Square  0.281253749 

Adjusted R Square  0.265628831 

Standard Error  0.101510541 

Observations  48 

ANOVA 

   df  SS  MS  F  Significance F 

Regression  1  0.185482459  0.185482459  18.00033383  0.000105722 

Residual  46  0.474001937  0.01030439 

Total  47  0.659484396          

   Coefficients  Standard Error  t Stat  P‐value  Lower 95%  Upper 95%  Lower 95.0%  Upper 95.0% 

Intercept  0.022671611  0.015223344  1.489266111  0.143242056  ‐0.007971391  0.053314612  ‐0.007971391  0.053314612 

X Variable 1  1.45581048  0.343134639  4.24268003  0.000105722  0.765116286  2.146504673  0.765116286  2.146504673 

 

Page 186: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

186

 

SUMMARY OUTPUT  40 

Regression Statistics 

Multiple R  0.531266221 

R Square  0.282243797 

Adjusted R Square  0.26986869 

Standard Error  0.09448055 

Observations  60 

ANOVA 

   df  SS  MS  F  Significance F 

Regression  1  0.203591794  0.203591794  22.80738248  1.25763E‐05 

Residual  58  0.51774131  0.008926574 

Total  59  0.721333104          

   Coefficients  Standard Error  t Stat  P‐value  Lower 95%  Upper 95%  Lower 95.0%  Upper 95.0% 

Intercept  0.0236202  0.012506045  1.888702539  0.063935516  ‐0.00141337  0.048653769  ‐0.00141337  0.048653769 

X Variable 1  1.460861916  0.305894342  4.775707538  1.25763E‐05  0.848547868  2.073175965  0.848547868  2.073175965 

 

 

SUMMARY OUTPUT  72 

Regression Statistics 

Multiple R  0.529910605 

R Square  0.280805249 

Adjusted R Square  0.270531038 

Standard Error  0.08993932 

Observations  72 

ANOVA 

   df  SS  MS  F  Significance F 

Regression  1  0.221083307  0.221083307  27.33107746  1.69421E‐06 

Residual  70  0.566235689  0.008089081 

Total  71  0.787318996          

   Coefficients  Standard Error  t Stat  P‐value  Lower 95%  Upper 95%  Lower 95.0%  Upper 95.0% 

Page 187: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

187

Intercept  0.019611043  0.010634795  1.844045282  0.069408664  ‐0.001599386  0.040821472  ‐0.001599386  0.040821472 

X Variable 1  1.385508941  0.265021407  5.227913299  1.69421E‐06  0.856940417  1.914077464  0.856940417  1.914077464 

 

1 Year 

SUMMARY OUTPUT  24 

Regression Statistics 

Multiple R  0.576104692 

R Square  0.331896616 

Adjusted R Square  0.30152828 

Standard Error  0.131567858 

Observations  24 

ANOVA 

   df  SS  MS  F  Significance F 

Regression  1  0.18918271  0.18918271  10.92903542  0.003216659 

Residual  22  0.380822228  0.017310101 

Total  23  0.570004938          

   Coefficients  Standard Error  t Stat  P‐value  Lower 95%  Upper 95%  Lower 95.0%  Upper 95.0% 

Intercept  0.037944305  0.030216336  1.255754665  0.222378477  ‐0.02472054  0.10060915  ‐0.02472054  0.10060915 

X Variable 1  1.666515991  0.504102172  3.305909168  0.003216659  0.621072078  2.711959903  0.621072078  2.711959903 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Page 188: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

188

 

 

SUMMARY OUTPUT  36 

Regression Statistics 

Multiple R  0.559967774 

R Square  0.313563908 

Adjusted R Square  0.293374612 

Standard Error  0.112429725 

Observations  36 

ANOVA 

   df  SS  MS  F  Significance F 

Regression  1  0.196321187  0.196321187  15.53119513  0.000383401 

Residual  34  0.429775062  0.012640443 

Total  35  0.626096248          

   Coefficients  Standard Error  t Stat  P‐value  Lower 95%  Upper 95%  Lower 95.0%  Upper 95.0% 

Intercept  0.031870206  0.019930145  1.599095517  0.119052308  ‐0.008632722  0.072373134  ‐0.008632722  0.072373134 

X Variable 1  1.570455941  0.398495406  3.940963731  0.000383401  0.760615845  2.380296037  0.760615845  2.380296037 

 

SUMMARY OUTPUT  48 

Regression Statistics 

Multiple R  0.530581338 

R Square  0.281516556 

Adjusted R Square  0.265897351 

Standard Error  0.101491981 

Observations  48 

ANOVA 

   df  SS  MS  F  Significance F 

Regression  1  0.185655776  0.185655776  18.02374392  0.000104793 

Residual  46  0.47382862  0.010300622 

Total  47  0.659484396          

   Coefficients  Standard Error  t Stat  P‐value  Lower 95%  Upper 95%  Lower 95.0%  Upper 95.0% 

Page 189: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

189

Intercept  0.022930654  0.015236706  1.504961416  0.139170061  ‐0.007739243  0.053600552  ‐0.007739243  0.053600552 

X Variable 1  1.453578641  0.342386024  4.245438013  0.000104793  0.764391331  2.142765951  0.764391331  2.142765951 

 

 

SUMMARY OUTPUT  60 

Regression Statistics 

Multiple R  0.531476569 

R Square  0.282467343 

Adjusted R Square  0.270096091 

Standard Error  0.094465836 

Observations  60 

ANOVA 

   df  SS  MS  F  Significance F 

Regression  1  0.203753045  0.203753045  22.83255786  1.24587E‐05 

Residual  58  0.517580059  0.008923794 

Total  59  0.721333104          

   Coefficients  Standard Error  t Stat  P‐value  Lower 95%  Upper 95%  Lower 95.0%  Upper 95.0% 

Intercept  0.02396074  0.012519779  1.913830853  0.060580663  ‐0.001100321  0.049021801  ‐0.001100321  0.049021801 

X Variable 1  1.459228895  0.3053839  4.778342586  1.24587E‐05  0.847936608  2.070521182  0.847936608  2.070521182 

 

SUMMARY OUTPUT  72 

Regression Statistics 

Multiple R  0.530010198 

R Square  0.280910809 

Adjusted R Square  0.270638107 

Standard Error  0.089932719 

Observations  72 

ANOVA 

   df  SS  MS  F  Significance F 

Regression  1  0.221166417  0.221166417  27.34536539  1.68523E‐06 

Residual  70  0.56615258  0.008087894 

Total  71  0.787318996          

Page 190: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

190

   Coefficients  Standard Error  t Stat  P‐value  Lower 95%  Upper 95%  Lower 95.0%  Upper 95.0% 

Intercept  0.01993318  0.010639195  1.873560876  0.06516571  ‐0.001286026  0.041152386  ‐0.001286026  0.041152386 

X Variable 1  1.383809109  0.264627101  5.229279625  1.68523E‐06  0.856027004  1.911591214  0.856027004  1.911591214 

 

 

2 Year 

SUMMARY OUTPUT 

Regression Statistics 

Multiple R  0.575725895 

R Square  0.331460306 

Adjusted R Square  0.301072138 

Standard Error  0.131610812 

Observations  24 

ANOVA 

   df  SS  MS  F  Significance F 

Regression  1  0.188934011  0.188934011  10.9075449  0.003241575 

Residual  22  0.381070927  0.017321406 

Total  23  0.570004938          

   Coefficients  Standard Error  t Stat  P‐value  Lower 95%  Upper 95%  Lower 95.0%  Upper 95.0% 

Intercept  0.03793524  0.030229121  1.254923713  0.222674322  ‐0.024756119  0.100626599  ‐0.024756119  0.100626599 

X Variable 1  1.663410749  0.503658304  3.302657248  0.003241575  0.618887361  2.707934136  0.618887361  2.707934136 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Page 191: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

191

 

 

 

SUMMARY OUTPUT 

Regression Statistics 

Multiple R  0.559705362 

R Square  0.313270092 

Adjusted R Square  0.293072154 

Standard Error  0.112453784 

Observations  36 

ANOVA 

   df  SS  MS  F  Significance F 

Regression  1  0.19613723  0.19613723  15.51000332  0.000386356 

Residual  34  0.429959019  0.012645853 

Total  35  0.626096248          

   Coefficients  Standard Error  t Stat  P‐value  Lower 95%  Upper 95%  Lower 95.0%  Upper 95.0% 

Intercept  0.031799085  0.019929348  1.595590844  0.119834717  ‐0.008702223  0.072300394  ‐0.008702223  0.072300394 

X Variable 1  1.567154279  0.397929199  3.938274155  0.000386356  0.758464854  2.375843703  0.758464854  2.375843703 

 

SUMMARY OUTPUT 

Regression Statistics 

Multiple R  0.530461688 

R Square  0.281389603 

Adjusted R Square  0.265767638 

Standard Error  0.101500947 

Observations  48 

ANOVA 

   df  SS  MS  F  Significance F 

Regression  1  0.185572052  0.185572052  18.01243314  0.000105241 

Residual  46  0.473912344  0.010302442 

Total  47  0.659484396          

Page 192: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

192

   Coefficients  Standard Error  t Stat  P‐value  Lower 95%  Upper 95%  Lower 95.0%  Upper 95.0% 

Intercept  0.022944607  0.015239217  1.505629064  0.138998908  ‐0.007730344  0.053619559  ‐0.007730344  0.053619559 

X Variable 1  1.45140404  0.341981125  4.244105694  0.000105241  0.763031749  2.139776331  0.763031749  2.139776331 

 

SUMMARY OUTPUT 

Regression Statistics 

Multiple R  0.531405783 

R Square  0.282392106 

Adjusted R Square  0.270019556 

Standard Error  0.094470788 

Observations  60 

ANOVA 

   df  SS  MS  F  Significance F 

Regression  1  0.203698775  0.203698775  22.82408306  1.24982E‐05 

Residual  58  0.517634329  0.00892473 

Total  59  0.721333104          

   Coefficients  Standard Error  t Stat  P‐value  Lower 95%  Upper 95%  Lower 95.0%  Upper 95.0% 

Intercept  0.024095638  0.012526937  1.923505981  0.059329458  ‐0.00097975  0.049171027  ‐0.00097975  0.049171027 

X Variable 1  1.458009163  0.305185281  4.77745571  1.24982E‐05  0.847114455  2.068903871  0.847114455  2.068903871 

 

 

SUMMARY OUTPUT 

Regression Statistics 

Multiple R  0.530038694 

R Square  0.280941017 

Adjusted R Square  0.270668746 

Standard Error  0.08993083 

Observations  72 

ANOVA 

   df  SS  MS  F  Significance F 

Regression  1  0.221190199  0.221190199  27.34945483  1.68268E‐06 

Residual  70  0.566128797  0.008087554 

Page 193: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

193

Total  71  0.787318996          

   Coefficients  Standard Error  t Stat  P‐value  Lower 95%  Upper 95%  Lower 95.0%  Upper 95.0% 

Intercept  0.02013353  0.010642376  1.891826578  0.062651035  ‐0.00109202  0.04135908  ‐0.00109202  0.04135908 

X Variable 1  1.3841125  0.26466533  5.229670624  1.68268E‐06  0.856254151  1.911970848  0.856254151  1.911970848 

 

7 Year 

SUMMARY OUTPUT 

Regression Statistics 

Multiple R  0.575453852 

R Square  0.331147135 

Adjusted R Square  0.300744732 

Standard Error  0.131641634 

Observations  24 

ANOVA 

   df  SS  MS  F  Significance F 

Regression  1  0.188755502  0.188755502  10.89213691  0.00325957 

Residual  22  0.381249435  0.01732952 

Total  23  0.570004938          

   Coefficients  Standard Error  t Stat  P‐value  Lower 95%  Upper 95%  Lower 95.0%  Upper 95.0% 

Intercept  0.038760362  0.030354684  1.276915373  0.214945679  ‐0.024191399  0.101712123  ‐0.024191399  0.101712123 

X Variable 1  1.654747053  0.50138931  3.300323758  0.00325957  0.61492927  2.694564835  0.61492927  2.694564835 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Page 194: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

194

 

 

 

 

SUMMARY OUTPUT 

Regression Statistics 

Multiple R  0.55938805 

R Square  0.31291499 

Adjusted R Square  0.292706608 

Standard Error  0.112482854 

Observations  36 

ANOVA 

   df  SS  MS  F  Significance F 

Regression  1  0.195914902  0.195914902  15.48441536  0.000389957 

Residual  34  0.430181347  0.012652393 

Total  35  0.626096248          

   Coefficients  Standard Error  t Stat  P‐value  Lower 95%  Upper 95%  Lower 95.0%  Upper 95.0% 

Intercept  0.032251872  0.019975239  1.614592554  0.115642624  ‐0.008342697  0.072846441  ‐0.008342697  0.072846441 

X Variable 1  1.556379545  0.395519689  3.935024188  0.000389957  0.752586832  2.360172258  0.752586832  2.360172258 

 

SUMMARY OUTPUT 

Regression Statistics 

Multiple R  0.529984837 

R Square  0.280883927 

Adjusted R Square  0.265250969 

Standard Error  0.101536653 

Observations  48 

ANOVA 

   df  SS  MS  F  Significance F 

Regression  1  0.185238567  0.185238567  17.96742021  0.000107042 

Residual  46  0.474245829  0.010309692 

Page 195: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

195

Total  47  0.659484396          

   Coefficients  Standard Error  t Stat  P‐value  Lower 95%  Upper 95%  Lower 95.0%  Upper 95.0% 

Intercept  0.023309793  0.015269579  1.52655117  0.133719833  ‐0.007426274  0.05404586  ‐0.007426274  0.05404586 

X Variable 1  1.440819308  0.339912126  4.238799384  0.000107042  0.756611697  2.125026919  0.756611697  2.125026919 

 

 

SUMMARY OUTPUT 

Regression Statistics 

Multiple R  0.530833086 

R Square  0.281783766 

Adjusted R Square  0.269400727 

Standard Error  0.094510823 

Observations  60 

ANOVA 

   df  SS  MS  F  Significance F 

Regression  1  0.203259958  0.203259958  22.75562376  1.28215E‐05 

Residual  58  0.518073146  0.008932296 

Total  59  0.721333104          

   Coefficients  Standard Error  t Stat  P‐value  Lower 95%  Upper 95%  Lower 95.0%  Upper 95.0% 

Intercept  0.024719831  0.012563499  1.967591206  0.053903258  ‐0.000428745  0.049868407  ‐0.000428745  0.049868407 

X Variable 1  1.448919859  0.303738604  4.770285501  1.28215E‐05  0.84092099  2.056918729  0.84092099  2.056918729 

 

SUMMARY OUTPUT 

Regression Statistics 

Multiple R  0.53033954 

R Square  0.281260028 

Adjusted R Square  0.270992314 

Standard Error  0.089910879 

Observations  72 

ANOVA 

   df  SS  MS  F  Significance F 

Page 196: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

196

Regression  1  0.221441363  0.221441363  27.3926632  1.65588E‐06 

Residual  70  0.565877633  0.008083966 

Total  71  0.787318996          

   Coefficients  Standard Error  t Stat  P‐value  Lower 95%  Upper 95%  Lower 95.0%  Upper 95.0% 

Intercept  0.021054592  0.01065737  1.975589752  0.052144661  ‐0.000200863  0.042310047  ‐0.000200863  0.042310047 

X Variable 1  1.383204003  0.264282927  5.233800072  1.65588E‐06  0.856108332  1.910299673  0.856108332  1.910299673 

 

 

10 Year 

SUMMARY OUTPUT 

Regression Statistics 

Multiple R  0.575218408 R Square  0.330876217 Adjusted R Square  0.300461499 Standard Error  0.131668292 

Observations  24 

ANOVA 

   df  SS  MS  F  Significance F 

Regression  1  0.188601077  0.188601077  10.87881937  0.003275211 Residual  22  0.38140386  0.017336539 

Total  23  0.570004938          

   Coefficients  Standard Error  t Stat  P‐value  Lower 95%  Upper 95%  Lower 95.0%  Upper 95.0% 

Intercept  0.03915432  0.030419278  1.28715482  0.211418431  ‐0.023931401  0.10224004  ‐0.023931401  0.10224004 

X Variable 1  1.651327947  0.500659485  3.29830553  0.003275211  0.61302373  2.689632163  0.61302373  2.689632163 

 

SUMMARY OUTPUT 

Regression Statistics 

Multiple R  0.559112534 R Square  0.312606825 Adjusted R Square  0.292389379 Standard Error  0.112508077 

Observations  36 

ANOVA 

   df  SS  MS  F  Significance F 

Regression  1  0.195721961  0.195721961  15.46223102  0.000393107 Residual  34  0.430374288  0.012658067 

Total  35  0.626096248          

Page 197: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

197

   Coefficients  Standard Error  t Stat  P‐value  Lower 95%  Upper 95%  Lower 95.0%  Upper 95.0% 

Intercept  0.032498258  0.020002619  1.624700162  0.113462239  ‐0.008151954  0.07314847  ‐0.008151954  0.07314847 

X Variable 1  1.552068456  0.394706968  3.932204346  0.000393107  0.749927391  2.35420952  0.749927391  2.35420952 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SUMMARY OUTPUT 

Regression Statistics 

Multiple R  0.52965608 R Square  0.280535563 Adjusted R Square  0.264895031 Standard Error  0.101561244 

Observations  48 

ANOVA 

   df  SS  MS  F  Significance F 

Regression  1  0.185008826  0.185008826  17.93644719  0.0001083 Residual  46  0.47447557  0.010314686 

Total  47  0.659484396          

   Coefficients  Standard Error  t Stat  P‐value  Lower 95%  Upper 95%  Lower 95.0%  Upper 95.0% 

Intercept  0.023511459  0.015287467  1.537956421  0.130910237  ‐0.007260617  0.054283534  ‐0.007260617  0.054283534 

X Variable 1  1.436598271  0.339208814  4.235144294  0.0001083  0.753806354  2.119390189  0.753806354  2.119390189 

 

SUMMARY OUTPUT 

Regression Statistics 

Multiple R  0.530481085 R Square  0.281410181 Adjusted R Square  0.269020702 Standard Error  0.0945354 

Observations  60 

ANOVA 

   df  SS  MS  F  Significance F 

Regression  1  0.20299048  0.20299048  22.71364009  1.30241E‐05 Residual  58  0.518342624  0.008936942 

Page 198: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

198

Total  59  0.721333104          

   Coefficients  Standard Error  t Stat  P‐value  Lower 95%  Upper 95%  Lower 95.0%  Upper 95.0% 

Intercept  0.024973305  0.012580033  1.985154126  0.051863025  ‐0.000208367  0.050154977  ‐0.000208367  0.050154977 

X Variable 1  1.445011394  0.303199096  4.765882928  1.30241E‐05  0.838092468  2.051930319  0.838092468  2.051930319 

 

 

 

 

SUMMARY OUTPUT 

Regression Statistics 

Multiple R  0.530220201 R Square  0.281133462 Adjusted R Square  0.27086394 Standard Error  0.089918795 

Observations  72 

ANOVA 

   df  SS  MS  F  Significance F 

Regression  1  0.221341715  0.221341715  27.37551585  1.66646E‐06 Residual  70  0.565977281  0.00808539 

Total  71  0.787318996          

   Coefficients  Standard Error  t Stat  P‐value  Lower 95%  Upper 95%  Lower 95.0%  Upper 95.0% 

Intercept  0.021375275  0.010665075  2.004231195  0.048915654  0.000104455  0.042646096  0.000104455  0.042646096 

X Variable 1  1.381380432  0.264017153  5.23216168  1.66646E‐06  0.85481483  1.907946034  0.85481483  1.907946034 

 

Method of Comparables 

P/E Trailing 

Company   PPS  EPS  P/E Trailing  Computed Price 

BG  57.94  8.11    52.92

ADM  28.35     6.61   

CPO  21.61     6.44   

      Average  6.525   

 

Forecasted P/E Company  PPS  Forecasted EPS  P/E Forecasted  Computed Price 

Page 199: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

199

BG  57.94  8.90    76.05 

ADM  28.35     9.47       

CPO  21.61     7.62       

      Average  8.545       

 

 

 

 

Price/Book 

Company  PPS  BPS  P/B  Computed Price 

BG  57.94  61.14 0.948 73.67

ADM  28.35     1.20   

CPO  21.61     1.21   

      Average  1.205   

 

Div/P Company  Div  PPS  Div/P  Computed Price 

BG  0.72        34.33

ADM  0.52  28.35 0.018342   

CPO  0.51  21.61 0.0236   

      Average  0.020971   

 

P/EBITDA  

Company  Market Cap  EBITDA  P/EBITDA  Computed Price    

BG  5.85  2.109    54.51

ADM  15.26  4.37 3.491991      

CPO  1.58  0.565 2.79646      

      Average  3.144226      

 

Page 200: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

200

P.E.G. Company  EPS  P/E  Growth   P.E.G  Computed Price 

BG  8.90  7.14 9.00    43.44

ADM     6.61 15.00 0.440667       

CPO     6.44 10.00 0.644       

         Average  0.542333       

 

 

 

 

EV/EBITDA 

Company  EV  EV/EBITDA  Computed Price 

BG  16.879    65.47

ADM     4.921   

CPO     4.305   

   Average  4.613   

 

P/FCF 

Company  PPS  FCF per Share   P/FCF  Computed Price 

BG  57.94  11.813    ‐53.09

ADM  28.35  ‐7.944 ‐3.56885   

CPO  21.61  ‐3.987 ‐5.4199   

      Average  ‐4.49438   

 

 

 

 

 

 

Page 201: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

201

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intrinsic Valuations Models 

 

4

Discounted Dividends Approach WACC(AT) 0.09 Kd 0.06 Ke 0.17Perp

Relevant Valuation Item 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 112008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019

EPS (Earnings Per Share)DPS (Dividends Per Share) 0.78 0.84 0.90 0.96 1.02 1.08 1.14 1.20 1.26 1.32 1.38BPS (Book Value Equity per Share)Cash From OperationsCash Investments

PV Factor 0.89405 0.79933 0.71465 0.63893 0.57124 0.51072 0.45661 0.40824 0.36499 0.32632PV Dividend 0.69736 0.67144 0.64318 0.61338 0.58267 0.55158 0.52054 0.48988 0.45988 0.43074

PV YBY Dividends 5.66PV Terminal Value Perp. 7.70 23.58974359Model Price (Dec 31 87) 13.36Time Consistent Price 13.74

Observed Share Price (4/1/88) $57.94Initial Cost of Equity (You Derive) 0.1185Perpetuity Growth Rate (g) 0.06

Fill in the worksheet to derive a share value at the end of 1987. Assume a WACC = 0.09 and a cost of Debt = 0.06Estimate the cost of equity. Assume 55.733 million shares outstanding and that Free Cash flow from 1997 on will be 322 millionAssume from 1997 forward that Dividends will be $2.00 per share with no growth

0 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.060.0710 17.19 18.82 21.09 24.47 30.04 40.90 71.500.0948 12.48 13.19 14.09 15.27 16.88 19.20 22.86

0.1185 9.73 10.09 10.52 11.05 11.72 12.58 13.740.1423 7.92 8.12 8.35 8.63 8.96 9.36 9.85

0.1660 6.66 6.78 6.91 7.07 7.25 7.46 7.71

0.1898 5.73 5.80 5.88 5.98 6.08 6.20 6.340.2135 5.02 5.06 5.12 5.18 5.24 5.32 5.40

Overvalued Fairly Valued Undervalued

Page 202: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

202

 

 

 

 

Discounted Free Cash Flow WACC(BT) 0.0707 Kd 0.0305 Ke 0.1423(in millions)

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 102008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

Cash Flow From Operations (Millions) 1421.47 1464.11 1522.68 1583.59 1646.93 1712.81 1781.32 1852.57 1926.67 2003.74Cash Flow From Investing Activities 1079.96 325.36 338.37 351.91 365.98 380.62 395.85 411.68 428.15 445.28

FCF Firm's Assets 341.50502 1138.755 1184.305 1231.68 1280.94 1332.18 1385.47 1440.89 1498.52 1558.46PV Factor (WACC or Ke?) 0.9568462 0.915555 0.876045 0.83824 0.80207 0.76745 0.73434 0.70265 0.67233 0.64331PV YBY Free Cash Flows 326.77 1042.59 1037.50 1032.44 1027.4 1022.39 1017.4 1012.44 1007.5 1002.58

% ValueTotal PV YBY FCF 9,529.01$ 4.34% 326470.6FCF Perp 210,022.38$ 95.66%Market Value of Assets (12/31/08) 219,551.40$ 0.0075 0.015 0.0225 0.03 0.0375 0.045 0.0525Book Value Debt & Preferred Stock 12,794.00$ 0 0.005 0.01 0.015 0.02 0.025 0.03 0.035Market Value of Equity 206,757.40$ 0.0451 168.42 193.00 224.60 266.71 325.61 413.82 560.47 852.35divide by Shares to Get PPS at 12/31 1,699.85$ 0.0536 121.09 136.85 156.23 180.64 212.32 255.10 316.02 409.70Time consistent Price (4/1/09) 1718.70 0.0621 86.90 97.59 110.34 125.80 144.95 169.26 201.17 244.85Oberved Share Price (4/1/09) 57.94$ 0.0707 60.83 68.36 77.13 87.49 99.90 115.03 133.89 158.05

0.0792 40.75 46.24 52.53 59.81 68.33 78.43 90.59 105.52WACC(BT) 0.0451 0.0877 24.66 28.77 33.41 38.70 44.78 51.83 60.12 69.98Perp Growth Rate 0.04 0.0963 11.36 14.48 17.98 21.90 26.35 31.43 37.29 44.10

121.63245611?

Observed Share Price $20.88Initial WACC 0.09Perpetuity Growth Rate (g)

Fill in the worksheet to derive a share value at the end of 1987. Assume a WACC = 0.09 and a cost of Debt = 0.06Estimate the cost of equity. Assume 55.733 million shares outstanding and that Free Cash flow from 1997 on will be 322 million

Not Applicable Undervalued Fairly Valued Overvalued

Page 203: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

203

 

Residual IncomeAll Items in Millions of DollarsChange in residual Income -131.54 -123.59 -128.01 -132.64 -137.51 -142.62 -147.58 -153.21 -159.12

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 102008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

Net Income (Millions) 1083.02 1115.52 1160.14 1206.54 1254.80 1304.99 1357.19 1411.48 1467.94 1526.66Total Dividends (Millions) 94.87 102.17 109.47 116.77 124.07 131.36 141.09 148.39 155.69 162.99Book Value Equity (Millions) 7436.00 8424.15 9437.49 10488.16 11577.94 12708.67 13882.31 15098.41 16361.50 17673.75 19037.42

Annual Normal Income (Becnhmark) 1234.38 1398.41 1566.624 1741.035 1921.937 2109.64 2304.463 2506.335 2716.009 2933.842Annual Residual Income -151.35 -282.89 -406.49 -534.49 -667.13 -804.64 -947.27 -1094.85 -1248.07 -1407.18pv factor 0.858 0.736 0.631 0.541 0.464 0.398 0.341 0.293 0.251 0.215YBY PV RI -129.8 -208.08 -256.4204 -289.1667 -309.5427 -320.1938 -323.2831 -320.4552 -313.2931 -302.9459Percent Change in RI 0.60302 0.232327 0.127706 0.070465 0.034409 0.009648 -0.00875 -0.02235 -0.03303

-1248.727 11%% Value -1565.639

Book Value Equity (Millions) 7436.00Total PV of YBY RI -2773.2Terminal Value Perpetuity -500.36 -2324.176MVE 12/31/87 4162.46divide by shares 121.632Model Price on 12/31/08 34.22time consistent Price 35.56

Observed Share Price (4/1/2009) $57.94Initial Cost of Equity (You Derive) 0.166Perpetuity Growth Rate (g) -0.5

121.632456Fill in the subsequent worksheets to derive a share value at the end of 1987. Assume a WACC = 0.09 and a cost of Debt = 0.06Estimate the cost of equity. Assume 55.733 million shares outstanding and that Free Cash flow from 1997 on will be 322 millionAssume from 1997 forward that Dividends will be $2.00 per share with no growth

-0.1 -0.2 -0.3 -0.4 -0.50.0710 94.83 92.11 90.86 90.14 89.67

49.25 0.0948 68.37 69.34 69.81 70.10 70.2966.63 0.1185 50.49 52.94 54.26 55.05 55.59

0.1423 37.99 40.94 42.55 43.57 44.270.1660 29.13 32.06 33.73 34.81 35.560.1898 22.68 25.37 26.96 28.01 28.760.2135 17.95 20.33 21.78 22.76 23.46

Overvalued49.25 < Fairly Valued < 66.63Undervalued

Page 204: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

204

 

 

 

 

 

g1 g2 g3 g4 g5ROE ROE ‐ K 0.071 0.1185 0.1423 0.166 0.2135

0.071 % change is 0.09 -0.178 0.06350.145646 0.074646 0.0514 ROE 0.1

0.132419 0.061419 ‐0.1772 0.11

0.122928 0.051928 ‐0.1545 0.12

Estimated Price per Share (end of 1987) 0.115038 0.044038 ‐0.1519 0.13

0.108379 0.037379 ‐0.1512 0.14

Observed Share Price $57.94 0.102685 0.031685 ‐0.15230.097764 0.026764 ‐0.1553

R 0.15 0.093486 0.022486 ‐0.1599K 0.1423 0.089719 0.018719 ‐0.1675G 0.6572 0.08638 0.01538 ‐0.1784BE 7436.00

Ke0.1898

MVE 7324.80 -0.1784 0.0270 0.0438 0.0635 0.1160 0.0334divide by shares 121.632456 0.0710 66.93 89.05 105.64 219.75 35.93 93.62Model Price 60.22 constant 0.1185 56.84 43.29 38.88 30.29 -653.86 41.82Time Consistent Price 62.26 0.09 0.1423 52.90 34.53 29.64 21.25 -62.48 32.85

0.1660 49.51 28.79 24.02 16.42 -33.03 27.120.2135 43.94 21.68 17.47 11.34 -17.11 20.17

49.25 0.09 0.1 0.11 0.12 0.13 0.1566.63 0.0710 219.75 302.67 385.59 468.52 551.44 717.29

0.1185 30.29 41.72 53.15 64.59 76.02 98.88constant 0.1423 21.25 29.28 37.30 45.32 53.34 69.38

0.0635 0.1660 16.42 22.62 28.82 35.02 41.22 53.610.2135 11.34 15.61 19.89 24.17 28.45 37.00

0.09 0.1 0.11 0.12 0.13 0.15-0.1784 52.90 54.87 56.84 58.81 60.78 64.720.0270 34.53 40.02 45.50 50.98 56.46 67.42

g 0.0438 29.64 36.06 42.48 48.89 55.31 68.140.0635 21.25 29.28 37.30 45.32 53.34 69.380.1160 -62.48 -38.45 -14.42 9.61 33.64 81.71

constant Ke 0.1898 0.0334 32.85 38.65 44.46 50.26 56.06 67.670.1423 0.0948 0.6572 69.62 68.39 67.17 65.94 64.71 62.26

Page 205: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

205

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

A.E.G.WACC(AT) 0.09 Kd 0.06 Ke 0.17

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 102008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 Perp

Net Income (Millions) 1083.02 1115.52 1160.14 1206.54 1254.80 1304.99 1357.19 1411.48 1467.94 1526.66Total Dividends (Millions) 94.87 102.17 109.47 116.77 124.07 131.36 141.09 148.39 155.69 162.99Dividends Reinvested at 17% (Drip) 20.26 21.81 23.37 24.93 26.49 28.05 30.12 31.68 33.24Cum-Dividend Earnings 1135.77 1181.95 1229.91 1279.73 1331.48 1385.24 1441.61 1499.62 1559.90Normal Earnings 1314.25 1353.68 1407.82 1464.14 1522.70 1583.61 1646.96 1712.83 1781.35Abnormal Earning Growth (AEG) -178.48 -171.73 -177.91 -184.41 -191.22 -198.37 -205.35 -213.21 -221.45 -225.88

PV Factor 0.8241 0.6791 0.5596 0.4611 0.3800 0.3132 0.2581 0.2127 0.1752PV of AEG -147.08 -116.62 -99.56 -85.04 -72.67 -62.12 -52.99 -45.34 -38.81Residual Income Check Figure -108.1231673 -99.57822727 -103.1044173 -106.8131948 -110.7118634 -114.8080186 -118.7633939 -123.2785368 -128.0158253

Value DestroyedValue Destroyed per ShareCore Net Income 1083.02Total PV of AEG YBY ‐720.22Continuing (Terminal) ValuePV of Terminal Value ‐185.40 ‐1057.972602Total PV of AEGTotal Average Net Income Perp (t+1) 177.40Divide by shares to Get Average EPS Perp 1.46Capitalization Rate (perpetuity) 0.2135

Intrinsic Value Per Share (12/31/1987) 6.83 0 -0.1time consistent implied price 11/1/1988 7.17 49.25 0.0710 90.53 95.35Nov 1, 1988 observed price $57.94 66.63 0.0948 52.39 56.97Ke 0.2135 0.1185 33.40 37.09g 0.0 0.1423 22.75 25.59

121.632456 0.1660 16.36 18.52Actual Price per share 0.1898 12.27 13.90

Estimate the cost of equity. Assume 55.733 million shares outstanding and that Free Cash flow from 1997 on will be 322 million 0.2135 9.56 10.79

Page 206: BUNGE - Texas Tech Universitymmoore.ba.ttu.edu/ValuationReports/Spring2009/Bunge-Spring2009.pdf · 1 BUNGE LTD. Analysis Team Shelby Bentley shelby.bently@ttu.edu Nicolas King nick.king@ttu.edu

206

Works Cited

“Bunge Limited 10-K Form.” United States Securities and Exchange Commission. December 31, 2007 http://www.bunge.com

“CHS Inc. 10-K Form.” United States Securities and Exchange Commission. August 31, 2008. http://www.yahoo.com

“Corn Products International 10-K Form.” United States Securities and Exchange Commission. December 31, 2007. http://www.yahoo.com

“Archer Daniels Midland 10-K Form.” United States Securities and Exchange Commission. June 30, 2008. http://www.yahoo.com

Curran, Rob. “Financials Citi, BofA and MetLife Drop.” Wall Street Journal. January 15, 2009. Texas Tech University. http://www.ba.ttu.edu

Etter, Lauren. “In Brazil, Credit to Farmers Dries Up.” Wall Street Journal. November 29, 2008. Texas Tech University. http://www.ba.ttu.edu

Etter, Lauren. “Soybean Process Bunge Lower ’08 Earnings.” Wall Street Journal. January 13, 2009. Texas Tech University. http://www.ba.ttu.edu

Miller, Stephen. “IHof Grew a Giant in Agribusiness.” Wall Street Journal. November 8, 2008. Texas Tech University. http://www.ba.ttu.edu

“Agribusiness.” Encyclopedia of Business. Ed. Jane A. Malonis. Gale Cengage, 2000.

eNotes.com. 2006. 4 Feb, 2009. http://www.enotes.com/biz-encyclopedia/agribusiness

Danby, Tony. “Brazil’s Sugar Exports to Rise.” Wall Street Journal. February 25, 2009. Texas Tech University. http://www.ba.ttu.edu

"Traceability and Assurance Protocols in the Global Food System." 3 (2004): By: Arsen Poghosyan TX. 20 Apr. 2009. http://www.ifama.org/library.asp?collection=ifamr&volume=v7i3&file=20041096_Formatted.pdf